Home

User Manual in PDF format

1. Select Current Company Filter Ceara _ User Defined Groups Save Rename mimada Pots New Certification Information List Exception Name Position Area code Phone number Extension Apply Close Refer to the section Company Selection 75 for details on selecting companies to be included in this process Use the Global Changes Contact Information tool to modify the contact information on the summaries of any return types that exist for any companies in the current database The return types to which the changes will be applied can be selected from Summaries to be Changed Updated contact and certification information is entered as appropriate in the fields under the headings New Contact Information and New Certification Information Clicking on Apply will apply the changes to all selected companies and return types Changes made using this tool can not be undone 10 4 3 Slip Information MENU TOOLS gt GLOBAL CHANGES gt SLIP INFORMATION O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 108 AvanTax eForms 2013 WS Start Page 42 Global Slips x Companies Y Demo Demo Select Current Company y Test Company Filter Clear All User Defined Groups Save Rename List Save As Delete Exception Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected lt Less Slips to be Cha
2. ul Start Page ud Company YX Company Setup Demo Company s 1 General 2 Adjustment Options 3 Advanced m CPP QPP Adjustment Options Transfer Over Remittance Y Adjust f over maxiumum under required minimum Transfer overremittance to employee with the following S 1 N Adjust based on number of pensionable weeks Maximum number of pensionable weeks 52 Increase gross pay of above employee by amount of oversemittance r El Adjustment Options V Adjust El premiums if over annual maximum Adjust CPP EI PPIP differences greater than 1 00 V Adjust El premiums based on insurable eamings r Adjust CPP EI PPIP to calculated amounts even if there is Adjust insurable eamings based on El premiums i i adjustment insufficient tax to offset the Maximum amount by which tax may be reduced 9 999 99 m PPIP Adjustment Options Adjust PPIP premiums if over annual maximum Adjust PPIP premiums based on insurable eamings Lock adjustment options for this company _ Adjust insurable eamings based on PPIP premiums Disable T4 RL 1 adjustments for this company 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 56 AvanTax eForms 2013 5 3 2 1 5 3 2 2 AvanTax eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only eForms Standard and Enterprise versions use an enhanced Adjustment Options screen which adds the following adjustment options Lock adjustment options for th
3. A Start Page Y 42 Event Viewer Companies Show events from 1 1 2009 Show eventsto 10 8 2009 Select Fiter Clear Al V Sample Company Al Companies X User Defined Groups l Save Rename List Save As Delete Exception 1 selected Er Events All Events Company 10 8 2009 10 56 AM i 200 UE New company added 9 17 2009 4 04 PM 9 17 2009 3 35 PM Database created as F Users PETER T4N Data Sample TOSN MANUAL The Event Viewer provides an administrator with the tools necessary to prepare detailed reports on significant events occurring during the use of eForms Enterprise It is intended to serve as an aid to data entry analysis and can also assist in forensic analysis of system performance and usage Refer to the section Company Selection 75 for details on selecting companies to include in this report Note In situations where both English and French are or have been used as the default language of the eForms you may notice that English and French events could be interspersed with each other This is normal and is dependant on the language in use at the time the entry was made 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Part V Entering Company Payer Information AN TIMESAVER eFORMS 5 1 5 2 Entering Company Payer Information 53 Entering Company Payer Information New Company MENU COMPANY gt
4. Ensure that no other users have this database open before proceeding Once you click Next you will be encouraged to make a backup of your database before continuing a backup is optional but recommended Backups can be secured by a password if you use a password make note of it we cannot recover a lost password Check Database Structure 8 7 ip bi Not a ppr ne Ip amare Please select a folder and a file name for the backup AvanTax Folder C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents T4 TimeSaver 2011 Backups eFoms Database File Name Released_ 2011_10_04_11 19 18 ZIP Update Use maximum E Password Confirm password Y compression Slower rok Ge 2 1 1 Receiving Updates If you provided a valid email address with your order you will receive email notifications whenever a significant update to eForms is released Clients who purchased the Update Mailout Service option 4 on the order form will receive updates by Canada Post Clients who have opted for Internet distribution can download the updates from our website eForms at no cost Because of its size typically 70Mb or more downloading updates is not recommended for those with dial up Internet connections The Downloads section of the eForms website gives details about all updates to the current release of eForms as well as links to final releases for all versions of eForms from 1997 onward 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Part I
5. NOTES 1 Workstation Installation A Workstation installation enables each workstation to access data files stored on a network resource but eForms updates must be installed individually for each workstation installation 2 Network Administrator Installation After a Network Administrator installation you must run NETNODE EXE located in the Network Administrator installation folder on each workstation that will have eForms installed This can be done manually using Active Directory or through any of a variety of scripting tools An eForms icon will appear on the workstation s desktop which must be double clicked to complete the installation If the workstation is disconnected from the network eForms will still operate but will not be able to access the User Profile 231 and any data files located on the network In most cases program updates need only be installed on the server to have the update propagate to each workstation Refer to Important Note for Network Administrator Installation 20 gt above for NETNODE EXE installation instructions 3 Terminal Server Installation Follow the steps below to install eForms in a Terminal Server environment Logon to the Terminal Server using an account with administrator credentials Place the Terminal Server in the appropriate mode to perform a shared program installation Install eForms to the Terminal Server using the Network Administrator installation Run the NETNODE E
6. 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Tools to Manipulate Data 111 to the next step 8 Start eForms From the Tools menu choose Import and then Import from Excel File US Start Page JWS Import From Excel File Xx File to Import Select an Excel file Browse Select a sheet from the workbook Type of data records in this sheet Company Options Other Options 9 Import into current company Before importing delete all existing slips in the Import into a new company Crea company Import into companies in the Company Name1 column Skip data validation Add Update Options If you need to delete the slips you have imported click Add new sips to the database here to access the Remove Slips tool Update existing slips based on linking field When linking field is missing or not found Import Close 9 Browse to the location of the Excel file you just created 10 Indicate which sheet in the spreadsheet you wish to import data from The Type of data records in this sheet field should indicate the correct data type automatically 11 eForms Enterprise Only Indicate whether you wish to Import into current company Import into a new company or Import into companies in the Company Name1 column If you select Import into a new company you will be prompted for a new company name You will need to edit the company profile at a later time to complete the data entry for the company information If you
7. 12 4 Headings for Import Files eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Column headings are used by the import function to identify the information in the column the keyword NULL can be used as the heading of any column you wish the import to ignore You may also enter NULL into the first cell of any row column A if you wish the import to ignore that entire row If data exceeds the maximum size of a field an error message will be given and the import process will be halted Where applicable default data that will be used if a field is empty or not represented in the import file these values are listed in the Comments amp Examples column in bold print The various formats used are described below e Text Text fields may contain letters numbers spaces and punctuation In some cases they must be in upper case such as Province Postal and Country codes otherwise mixed case is acceptable e Yes No Yes No fields contain logical data and consist of Y 1 Yes or X for Yes N 0 No or leave the field blank for No e Currency Currency fields contain dollar amounts and are formatted either in dollars and cents or in dollars only If no decimal value is entered a whole dollar amount will be assumed e Numeric Numeric fields may only contain numbers either integer or decimal The number of decimal places will be specified if applicable See Import from Excel File 107 and Import from CSV File 112 for sample impo
8. 10 Expense Incl T4 Line 1 Yes 10 Expense Incl T4 Line 1 Yes 10 Expense Amount Line 2 10 Expense Type Line 2 10 Expense Incl T4 Line 2 Yes 10 Expense Incl T4 Line 2 Yes 10 Expense Amount Line 3 10 Expense Type Line 3 10 Expense Incl T4 Line 3 Yes 10 Expense Incl T4 Line 3 Yes 11 Tradesperson Yes 11 Tradesperson No 11 Purchase tools Yes 11 Purchase tools No 11 Satisfy Yes 11 Satisfy No 12 Apprentice Yes Type Size Currency Text 50 Yes No Yes No Currency Text 50 Yes No Yes No Currency Text 50 Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Text 50 Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Currency Text 50 Yes No Yes No Currency Text 50 Yes No Yes No Currency Text 50 Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Comments amp Examples Yes selects option Yes selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option Yes selects option Yes selects option Yes selects option Yes selects option Yes selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes se
9. 2 Anyone making an electronic filing submission must have a Transmitter Number If you do not have a Transmitter Number contact the CRA at 1 800 665 5164 to be assigned one If you cannot obtain a Transmitter Number use the default Transmitter Number of MM555555 3 Filers of any combination of returns totalling over 50 slips are required by CRA to file their submission over the Internet Internet submissions may not exceed 150Mb If your submissions is larger than 150Mb it must either be compressed or split into separate submissions to fall below the 150Mb limit The CRA encourages all employers who use computerized methods to generate returns to submit them to the CRA electronically 4 An electronic filing submission may contain only one CD or DVD It may contain more than one type of return and it may contain returns for more than one company eForms Standard and Enterprise Only CD or DVD submissions cannot contain more than 50 slips If you have multiple submissions each submission must be submitted in a separate envelope Multiple envelopes may be taped together for simplified mailing Submissions should be sent to 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Electronic Filing 101 9 3 9 3 1 Electronic Media Processing Unit Ottawa Technology Centre Canada Revenue Agency 875 Heron Road Ottawa ON K1A 1A2 Telephone 1 800 665 5164 5 Do not send CRA paper copies of any returns that have been filed electronically
10. 6 If corrections need to be made to a submission that has already been sent to CRA create an electronic filing submission of the amended and or cancelled returns and submit it to the Electronic Media Processing Unit Do not send any original returns in the same submission as amended returns Instructions for MRQ Returns The following instructions are provided here for convenient reference For complete details see the Revenu Qu bec website 1 Electronic filing submissions may be made by Internet or on a media such as a CD or DVD CD or DVD submissions may not contain more than 50 slips A complete electronic filing submission contains the transmitter identification as well as the slip and summary information for each return No paper forms are required with the submission 2 Anyone making an electronic filing submission must have a Transmitter Number If you do not have a Transmitter Number contact the CRA at 1 800 665 5164 to be assigned one 3 Returns for employers filing over 50 returns are required by Revenu Qu bec to be filed electronically It may be sent either via the Internet or on a CD or DVD however Internet submissions may not exceed 150Mb If the transmission exceeds 150Mb contact the Division de l acquisition des donn es lectroniques 866 814 8392 for information on how to proceed 4 An electronic filing submission may contain only one CD or DVD It may contain a single return type and it may contain returns for o
11. Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected less Types of Slips to Remove Option Al T4 T1204 Remove inactive slips only NR4 T2200 Instructions _ Gear Al hia a To remove inactive slips only slips with no I Y E TAA T5008 dollar amounts check the box above T4ANR T5013 T4ARCA 75018 TFSA Note that RL 1 slips will be removed with Remove Slips Close L Ri TA slips and RL 3 slips will be removed TARSP R2 with T5 slips T5 R3 m Refer to the section Company Selection 75 for details on selecting companies to be included in this process Option When Remove inactive slips only is checked only inactive zero value slips will be removed Changes made using this tool cannot be reversed 10 5 Import Export Data MENU TOOLS gt IMPORT EXPORT DATA eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only If you have information in a payroll package or another tax slip preparation software product and the software allows you to export data into a CSV Excel or XML file you can use the Import from Excel File Import from CSV File or Import from XML File functions to import the data into eForms 10 5 1 Import from Excel File MENU TOOLS gt IMPORT EXPORT DATA gt IMPORT FROM EXCEL FILE eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only For evaluation purposes demo installations and eForms Basic can import the first three records of an Excel file NOTE Microsoft Excel must be installed on your computer to use the Import form Excel File
12. Congo Congo DRC of Cook Islands Costa Rica C te D Ivoire Croatia Cuba Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic Ecuador Pula Norwegian Krone Brazilian Real U S Dollar Brunei Dollar Bulgarian Lev CFA Franc BCEAO Burundi Franc Riel CFA Franc BEAC Canadian Dollar Cape Verde Escudo Cayman ls Dollar Chilean Peso Yuan Renminbi Australian Dollar Australian Dollar Colombian Peso Comoro Franc CFA Franc BEAC Congolese Franc New Zealand Dollar Costa Rican Colon CFA Franc BCEAO Croatian Kuna Cuban Peso Euro Czech Koruna Danish Krone Djibouti Franc AUD EUR AZN BSD BHD BDT BBD BYR EUR BZD XOF BMD BTN BOB BAM BWP NOK BRL USD BND BGN XOF BIF KHR XAF CAD CVE KYD CLP CNY AUD AUD COP KMF XAF CDF NZD CRC XOF HRK CUP EUR CZK DKK DJF East Caribbean Dollar XCD Dominican Peso U S Dollar DOP USD Marshall Islands Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Mexico Micronesia Fed St of Moldova Rep of Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Montserrat Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands Netherlands Antilles New Caledonia New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Niue Norfolk Island Northern Mariana Is Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Pitcairn Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar R union Romania Russian Federation Rwanda Sai
13. Description Total expenses paid child 3 Expenses no tax credit child 3 Expenses with tax credit child 3 Status of slip Relev No of paper slip Relev No of previously filed paper slip user entered Relev No of XML slip Relev No of previously filed XML slip Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Currency Currency Currency Text 1 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Text 15 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 Comments amp Examples R Original A Amended or D Cancelled eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 207 12 4 34 RL 25 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R25 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples NAME1 Beneficiary name line 1 type 3 4 amp 5 Text 30 Required type 3 4 amp 5 NAME1LINE2 Beneficiary name line 2 type 3 4 5 Text 30 LASTNAME1 First beneficiary last name type 1 28 6 Text 30 Required type 1 28 6 FIRSTNAME1 First beneficiary first name type 1 28 6 Text 30 INITIAL1 First beneficiary initial type 1 2 amp 6 Text 1
14. Foreign income F Foreign tax paid G Royalties from Cdn sources H Accrued income Annuities J Foreign currency code 27 Transit 28 Relev No of paper slip Relev No of previously filed paper slip user entered Relev No of XML slip Relev No of previously filed XML slip Optional text to print at top of slip Generic boxes where is two numerals 01 to 04 XBOX XAMT XTXT EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG 12 4 26 RL 8 Headings Add l Information box Box number Add l information box Currency data Add l information box Character data Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Type Size Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Text 3 Text 10 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Text 15 Text 7 Currency Text 20 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 Comments amp Examples eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R8 Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL Description Recipient last name Recipient first name Recipient initial Address lin
15. Margins Select one of the following margin options Normal Top and Bottom 1 Left and Right 1 Narrow Top and Bottom 0 5 Left and Right 0 5 Moderate Top and Bottom 1 Left and Right 0 75 Wide Top and Bottom 1 Left and Right 2 PDF File Options Save PDF files eForms always creates PDF files when printing forms The PDF file is deleted when the Print window is closed unless the Save PDF file option is selected in which case the PDF file will be saved This is a system wide setting the settings selected will be used by all users and for all reports For eForms Standard or Enterprise only the ADMIN user can change this option Note When using Adobe Reader to print PDF reports for submission you must turn off Adobe Reader s scaling options to ensure that the printed reports will meet CRA and RQ requirements Failure to do so may result in your submission being unacceptable Scaling is not a concern when using the Quick Print button 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Producing Returns amp Reports 7 8 4 4 8 5 Save in client folders This option is only available when the Group output by option has been set to Company Select this option if you wish PDF files to be saved in client folders The folder path is set in the company record If no folder has been configured for a company included in the print job or if the folder is not accessible you will be asked to provide a name for the folder locati
16. Q6AMTCHARGED Q 6 Amount charged to employer Currency Q6TYPEPROOF Q 6 Expense type Proof Text 50 Q6TYPECHARGED Q 6 Expense type Charged Text 50 Q6PROOFYES Q 6 Expense Proof T4 Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q6PROOFNO Q 6 Expense Proof T4 No Yes No No de selects option Q6CHARGEDYES Q 6 Expense Charged T4 Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q6CHARGEDNO Q 6 Expense Charged T4 Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q7YES Q 7 Other expenses Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q7NO Q 7 Other expenses No Yes No No de selects option Q7TYPEOTHER Q 7 Other expense description Text 50 Q8AYES Q 7 Commission Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q8ANO Q 7 Commission No Yes No No de selects option Q8COMMISSION Q 7 Commissions Currency Q8TYPEOFSALES Q 7 Type of goods or contracts Text 50 Q8BYES Q 7 Bus development acc t Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q8BNO Q 7 Bus development acc t No Yes No No de selects option Q8CYES Q 7 Commission incl T4 Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q8CNO Q 7 Commission incl T4 No Yes No No de selects option Q9AYES Q 9 Rent office Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q9ANO Q 9 Rent office No Yes No No de selects option Q9BYES Q 9 Pay substitute Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q9BNO Q 9 Pay substitute No Yes No No de selects option Q9CYES Q 9 Pay supplies Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q9CNO Q 9 Pay supplies No Yes
17. QPP Contribution Rate 5 1 CPP Maximum Employee Contribution 2 356 20 QPP Maximum Employee Contribution 2 356 20 CPP QPP Basic Exemption 3 500 00 CPP QPP Maximum Pensionable Earnings 51 100 00 NOTE CPP QPP discrepancies are adjusted to and from tax deducted as necessary Option A is the default CPP QPP adjustment option Option A Adjust CPP QPP if over maximum under minimum select only one of options A and B If this option is selected CPP QPP adjustments will be made as shown below CPP will be calculated within the range where the maximum CPP is the lesser of CPP Pensionable Earnings x 4 95 OR the max employee contribution of 2 356 20 and the minimum CPP is the lesser of CPP Pensionable Earnings 3 500 00 x 4 95 OR the max employee contribution of 2 356 20 QPP will be calculated within the range where the maximum QPP is the lesser of QPP Pensionable Earnings x 5 1 OR the max employee contribution of 2 356 20 and the minimum QPP is the lesser of QPP Pensionable Earnings 3 500 00 x 5 1 OR the max employee contribution of 2 356 20 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Entering Company Payer Information 57 5 3 2 3 5 3 2 4 CPP QPP deducted will not be adjusted if it falls between the upper and lower limits otherwise CPP QPP deducted will be reduced to the upper limit or increased to the lower limit as necessary NOTE This option ignores any potential reduction resulting from the ann
18. version ii The function is not required by the current form iii A database has not been opened or iv No data has been entered 3 5 4 View Menu View Company Forms Tools M Status Bar L Slip Editing ToolBar x Company Selection ToolBar x Start Page Status Bar Toggles display of the status bar at the bottom of the eForms window Slip Editing ToolBar Toggles display of the slip editing Toolbar aa OOOO A cu Refer to Toolbar s for button descriptions Company Selection ToolBar Toggles display of the company selection toolbar X o gt 2 PP Refer to Toolbar 3 for button descriptions Start Page Toggles display of the Start Page 25 Items that are greyed out are not available because i The function is not supported by the installed eForms version ii The function is not required by the current form iii A database has not been opened or iv No data has been entered 3 5 5 Company Menu The Company Menu will not be activated until a database is opened using the File 311 menu Company Forms Reports Electronic Fi Company Forms Reports Electronic Fi New Company New Company Select Company Select Company Company Setup Company Setup Delete Company Delete Company Adjust Unadjust T4 Slips Adjust Unadjust T4 Slips Unlock All Companies in Database Unlock All Companies in Database Remove Slips Company Filing Status Remove Slips Company Menu Lite
19. 10 Text 10 Comments amp Examples Required CAN USA etc 2013 1 Sole prop 3 Corporation 4 Partnership O Original A Amended or C Cancelled eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 149 12 4 5 T2200 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T2200 Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SIN TAXYEAR EMPNUM JOBTITLE QYES QiNO Q2YES Q2NO Q2AREA Q3YES Q3NO Q3HOWFREQUENTLY Q4FROM Q4TO Q4BREAK Q5AYES Q5ANO Q5AMTFIXED Q5PERKMRATE Q5AAMTFORKM Q5AMTONT4 Q5BYES Q5BNO Q5CYES Description Recipient last name Recipient first name Recipient initial Address line 1 Home address Address line 2 Business address City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Social insurance number Taxation year Employee number Job title amp brief description of duties 1 Expense Yes 1 Expense No 2 Area of travel Yes 2 Area of travel No 2 Area of travel Consecutive hours Yes Consecutive hours No How Frequently From date To date Break in employment Vehicle allowance Yes 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 Vehicle allowance No 5 Fixed allowan
20. 2 The authorization code will be emailed as part of your order confirmation after successful completion of your order at the AvanTax eForms Online Store 3 The authorization code will be emailed for orders emailed faxed or telephoned to us that do not require shipping 4 The authorization code will be included in the product packaging if shipment has been requested Once you have entered your authorization code you can then click on the OK button on the registration screen to begin using eForms 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 3 4 28 AvanTax eForms 2013 a Registering AvanTax eForms lole x l fran ais To register this program enter the unique authorization code issued to you by ELM Computer Systems Until the program is registered all printed forms will be marked VOID and some features will be unavailable An authorization code will be supplied immediately when you order online For mail orders the authorization code will be sent with your order If you have placed your order but have not yet received your authorization code you may request it by fax or e mail only PLEASE QUOTE YOUR CLIENT NUMBER We regret that we are unable to handle telephone requests for authorization Enter your 9 character authorization code and click Start or 83 Look up your leave this box blank to use AvanTax eForms for evaluation authorization B code Ext Start L a eForms can be used
21. 4 2013 Text 1 O Original A Amended or C Cancelled Text 1 1 Individual 2 Joint account 3 Corporation 4 Assoc n trust club or partnership 5 Gov t or int l org Text 15 Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 172 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading CURRENCY TRANSIT ACCOUNTNO TEXTAT TOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG 12 4 16 T5 amp RL 3 Headings Description Foreign currency code 27 Transit 28 Recipient account number 29 Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 3 Text 10 Text 16 Text 15 Text 255 eForms Enterprise only Yes No eForms Enterprise only Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T5 Use this table to import RL 3 data with T5 data see bottom of this table 173 for RL 3 specific fields Heading NAME1 NAME2 LASTNAME1 FIRSTNAME1 INITIAL1 FIRSTINDIVIDUAL LASTNAME2 FIRSTNAME2 INITIAL2 SECONDINDIVIDUAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY TAXYE
22. Basic amp Standard Company Menu Enterprise New Company Creates a new company Select Company Selects from a list of existing companies Company Setup Used to change general Company Information 54 gt Adjustment Options 551 and Net Pay 591 calculation settings Delete Company Deletes the current company after confirmation Adjust Unadjust T4 Slips Opens the Adjustment Report 82 to adjust the T4 RL 1 slips for the current or selected companies Unlock All Companies in Database Closes all companies locked open generally by improper program 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 34 AvanTax eForms 2013 3 5 6 3 5 7 termination Company Filing Status Enterprise Opens the Filing Status s window in which the filing status of information returns for any company can be reported Remove Slips Opens the Remove Slips 10 window in which all slips of any type can be permanently removed from any or all companies Items that are greyed out are not available because i The function is not supported by the installed eForms version ii The function is not required by the current form iii A database has not been opened or iv No data has been entered Forms Menu The Forms Menu will not be activated until a company has been entered using the Company 33 menu Forms Tools Setup Repor T4 T4A T5 RL 1 RL 3 More Forms Menu The Forms Menu is used to access the
23. I Currency OTHER Other income from Cdn sources 14 Currency FORINC Foreign income 15 F Currency FORTAX Foreign tax paid 16 G Currency ROYALTIES Royalties from Cdn sources 17 H Currency ACCRUED Accrued income Annuities 19 J Currency RESOURCE Resource allowance deduction 20 Currency CURRENCY Foreign currency code 27 Text 3 TRANSIT Transit 28 Text 10 ACCOUNTNO Recipient account number 29 Text 16 TEXTATTOP Optional text to print at top of slip Text 15 EMAILADDRESS Recipient email address Text 255 eForms Enterprise only OKTOEMAILSLIP Permission granted to email slip Yes No eForms Enterprise only COMPANY NAME1 Company associated with slip Text 35 eForms Enterprise only COMPANY COMPANYTAG Tag associated with company name Text 10 eForms Enterprise only SLIPTAG Subset tag Text 10 eForms Enterprise only ADDITIONAL HEADINGS FOR RL 3 FIELDS NEEDR3 RL 3 required for recipient Yes No ISINTERESTSAVINGSBONDS Is interest from Fed Qu savings bonds Yes No ACCOUNTNOR3 Other ID Recipient Number R3 Text 16 SERIAL Relev No of paper slip Numeric 9 SERIALORIGINAL Relev No of previously filed paper slip Numeric 9 user entered SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS ACTUALR3 ACTUALR3_E INTERESTR3 CAPGAINSR3 Relev No of XML slip Relev No of previously filed XML slip Am t of non eligible dividends B Am t of eligible dividends C Interest from Cdn sources D Capital gains dividends I Numeric 9 Numeric
24. Numeric 2 1to 12 Numeric 2 1to 12 Numeric 4 2013 Numeric 2 1to 12 Numeric 4 2013 Numeric 2 1to 12 Currency Numeric 2 1to 12 O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 154 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading FULLTIMEMONTHS3 FROMYEAR4 FROMMONTH4 TOYEAR4 TOMONTH4 TUITIONFEES4 PARTTIMEMONTHS4 FULLTIMEMONTHS4 TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Number of months for Full time line 3 From Year line 4 From Month line 4 To Year line 4 To Month line 4 Eligible tuition fees line 4 Number of months for Part time line 4 Number of months for Full time line 4 Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Numeric 2 Numeric 4 Numeric 2 Numeric 4 Numeric 2 Currency Numeric 2 Numeric 2 Text 15 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 Comments amp Examples 1 to 12 2013 1 to 12 2013 1 to 12 1 to 12 1 to 12 eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 155 12 4 7 T3 Headings eForms Enterprise only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T3 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Ex
25. OR 891 12 720 48 in Qu bec Option E Adjust El premiums based on Insurable Earnings select only one of options E and F If this option is selected the El will be calculated as El Insurable Earnings x 1 88 1 52 in Qu bec Option F Adjust insurable earnings based on El premiums select only one of options E and F This option assumes the entered amount for El deducted is correct When this option is selected El insurable earnings will be calculated as the minimum of El Deducted 1 88 1 52 in Qu bec OR 47 400 00 OR Employment income PPIP QPIP Adjustment Options Quebec Provincial Parental Insurance Plan Rates QPIP PPIP Maximum Insurable Earnings 67 500 00 QPIP PPIP Maximum Employee Premium 377 33 QPIP PPIP Employee Premium Rate 0 559 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 58 AvanTax eForms 2013 3 2 5 5 3 2 6 QPIP PPIP Employer Premium Rate 0 782 NOTE PPIP QPIP discrepancies are adjusted to and from tax deducted Option G Adjust QPIP PPIP premiums if over annual maximum select alone or with option H or I If this option is selected the QPIP PPIP will only be adjusted if it is greater than 377 33 calculated as 67 500 00 x 0 559 Option H Adjust QPIP PPIP premiums based on Insurable Earnings select only one of options H and l If this option is selected the El will be calculated as QPIP PPIP Insurable Earnings x 0 559 Gross Pay will be used If
26. STUDENTNUMBER FROMYEAR1 FROMMONTH1 TOYEAR1 TOMONTH1 TUITIONFEES1 PARTTIMEMONTHS1 FULLTIMEMONTHS1 FROMYEAR2 FROMMONTH2 TOYEAR2 TOMONTH2 TUITIONFEES2 PARTTIMEMONTHS2 FULLTIMEMONTHS2 FROMYEAR3 FROMMONTH3 TOYEAR3 TOMONTH3 TUITIONFEES3 PARTTIMEMONTHS3 Description Recipient last name Recipient first name Recipient initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Status of slip Name of program of study Student number From Year line 1 From Month line 1 To Year line 1 To Month line 1 Eligible tuition fees line 1 Number of months for Part time line 1 Number of months for Full time line 1 From Year line 2 From Month line 2 To Year line 2 To Month line 2 Eligible tuition fees line 2 Number of months for Part time line 2 Number of months for Full time line 2 From Year line 3 From Month line 3 To Year line 3 To Month line 3 Eligible tuition fees line 3 Number of months for Part time line 3 Type Size Comments 8 Examples Text 30 Required Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 CAN USA etc Text 1 O Original A Amended or C Cancelled Text 50 Text 15 Numeric 4 Numeric 2 1to 12 Numeric 4 2013 Numeric 2 1to 12 Currency Numeric 2 1to 12 Numeric 2 1to 12 Numeric 4 2013 Numeric 2 1to 12 Numeric 4 2013 Numeric 2 1to 12 Currency
27. Test setings Reply Ena Css Refer to the section Company Selection 75 for details on selecting companies to include in this report Refer to the section Printing Options 77 for details on Quick Print Preview amp Print and other options Slips Slip Type Select the type of slip you will be emailing from the drop down list All slip types currently active in the database will be listed Select This button allows you to select the recipients to whom slips will be emailed The options are e All Recipients email will be sent to all recipients e Selected Recipients email will be sent to selected recipients only inactive when multiple companies have been selected e Email Not Sent email will be sent to recipients who have not already been sent an email 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Producing Returns amp Reports 87 Email Options PDF Folder Enter the name of the folder where the PDF files will be saved Use the t amp l icon to browse your computer for the desired folder Subject Text entered here will appear will be the subject of the email message 2nd Attachment By default a recipient s PDF slip is attached to the email for that recipient This option allows you to attach a second file to the email The second attachment will be sent to all recipients Use the icon to browse your computer for the attachment The icon can be used to clear the attachment field Body Enter the body
28. Text 15 Currency Currency Date Date Date Date Date Date Text 1 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Text 15 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Comments amp Examples Required CAN USA etc 2013 Mm dd yyyy Mm dd yyyy Mm dd yyyy Mm dd yyyy Mm dd yyyy Mm dd yyyy R Original A Amended or D Cancelled eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 204 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples SLIPTAG Subset tag Text 10 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 205 12 4 33 RL 24 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R24 Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY YEAR SIN IDCHILDCARE LASTNAMECHILD1 FIRSTNAMECHILD1 DATEOFBIRTH1 DAYSOFCARE1 WEEKSATCAMP1 TOTALEXPENSES1 EXPENSESNOTQUALIFY1 EXPENSESQUALIFY1 LASTNAMECHILD2 FIRSTNAMECHILD2 DATEOFBIRTH2 DAYSOFCARE2 WEEKSATCAMP2 TOTALEXPENSES2 EXPENSESNOTQUALIFY2 EXPENSESQUALIFY2 LASTNAMECHILD3 FIRSTNAMECHILD3 DATEOFBIRTH3 DAYSOFCARE3 WEEKSATCAMP3 Description Recipient last name Recipient first name Recipient initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code
29. Text 35 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Text 15 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 178 AvanTax eForms 2013 12 4 19 T5013 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T5013 Heading Main page fields NAME1 NAME2 ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY TYPEOFSLIP UNITSOWNED MEMBERCODE COUNTRYCODE RECTYPE PARTNERSSHARE PARTNERID CCA Description Type Size Comments 8 Examples Family name or first line of business name Text 50 Given name or second line of business name Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Type of slip Partnership units held Partner code box 002 Sch 50 box 008 Country code box 003 Recipient type box 004 Partner s share in box 005 Sch 50 box 107 Partner s ID box 006 Sch 50 box 101 Capital cost allowance box 040 Generic boxes where is two numerals 01 to 36 X TEXT2 X TEXT1 X AMOUNT Generic descriptive information boxes where is two numerals 01 to 12 E TEXT2 E TEXT1 Generic box Box Number Generic box Province Country Generic box Amount Generic box Box number Generic box Province Country Text 50 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Text 1
30. data 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 199 12 4 30 RL 17 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R17 Heading LASTNAME1 FIRSTNAME1 INITIAL1 ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY YEAR SIN REFERENCENUMBER DEDUCTION INCOMEYEAR INCOMESTAY ALLOWANCEYEAR ALLOWANCESTAY DAYSOUTSIDE PERIODSOUTSIDE DATEDEPARTURE DATERETURN FOREIGNCOUNTRY SLIPSTATUS SERIAL SERIALORIGINAL SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 Description First recipient last name First recipient first name First recipient initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Year Social insurance number Employer reference number Total deductions A Total employment revenue B Total income for stay C Allowance in year D Allowance for stay E Days outside Canada F Number of 30 day periods G Departure date from Canada H Return date to Canada I Name of foreign country J Status of slip Relev No of paper slip Relev No of previously filed paper slip user entered Relev No of XML slip Relev No of previously filed XML slip Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Type Size Comments
31. eForms adds the slip data to the company you indicated If there are already slips of this type in the company the imported data will be added after the existing slips A summary for the return will be created or updated as required For example if you have a company with 10 T4 slips and you import a list of 15 more T4 slips eForms updates the T4 summary to show the totals of all 25 slips 10 5 5 Export Data 10 6 MENU TOOLS gt IMPORT EXPORT DATA gt EXPORT DATA eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only The Export Data tool lets you export data from any slip type for any company in the current database to a CSV format file To make the most efficient use of this feature Microsoft Excel must be installed on your computer If Microsoft Excel is not installed the Export file will contain all data fields regardless of whether or not they contain data iS Start Page 4S Export Data L E wae Company and Type of Slips Company DEMO 4 Type of slips to export Company and Type of Slips Company Select the company containing the slips to be exported The Export Data tool exports data for a single company at a time Type of slips to export Select the type of slip to be exported from the drop down list Only one type of slip can be exported at a time all data for that type will be exported Once both the above selections have been made the Export button will be activated Click on this button to provide a name for the o
32. enter slip information it may not be necessary for you to enter information into each box as some may be left blank or they may contain a default value Place a check mark beside the name of each box where you want the cursor to stop and remove the check mark from beside any box where you do not require the cursor to stop The following is a sample of the T4 Data Entry page O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 122 AvanTax eForms 2013 ug Start Page 4a User Settings YX Cancel Close User Settings 1 New Company Defaults 3 Data Entry 4 Electronic Filing 5 Options RU US 02 50 ETS ENT When entering T4 slips the cursor will automatically move to the selected boxes V Employee name Y 17 QPP contributions Y 55 PPIP premiums Y Address line 1 Y 18 El premiums Y 56 PPIP insurable eamings Y Address line 2 Y 20 Pension plan contributions Other information 1 Y City Y 22 Income tax deducted Y Other information 2 Y Province Y 24 El insurable eamings 4 Other information 3 Y Postal code Y 26 CPP QPP eamings V Other information 4 Y Country V 28 CPP QPP exempt V Other information 5 Y Tax year V 28 El exempt V Other information 6 Y 12SIN V 28 PPIP exempt V Employee number Y 29 Employment code Y Do not adjust CPP QPP Y Other deductions from net pay Y CPP pensionable weeks V Do not adjust El V Optional text Y 10 P
33. 2013 D B A ANTAX The InstallShield R Wizard will install AvanTax eForms 2013 on eFORMS your computer To continue dick Next WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Select Install Type When the setup program begins follow the directions as they appear on your display Unless you have special installation requirements or are installing to a network location you can generally accept the default settings You will be given the option to install eForms as either a Workstation or Network Administrator installation see notes below and at the end of this section a an z AvanTax eForms 2013 InstallShield Wizard 53 Setup Type a Choose the setup type that best suits your needs A Please select a setup type Workstation This will install the program on any local hard drive or network drive available to the workstation and place all support files and resources required in it Network Administrator At each workstation you will be required to run NETNODE EXE from the installation folder on the network to copy the files needed to run eForms ce ama Workstation Installation Select Workstation from the Select Install Type window if you will install eForms individually on each workstation This will install the program on any local hard drive or network drive available to the workstation and place all support files and resources required by the program on the work
34. 9 Currency Currency Currency Currency See Note 1 below See Note 1 below See Note 1 below See Note 1 below 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 174 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples OTHERR3 Other income from Cdn sources Currency See Note 1 below FORINCR3 Foreign income F Currency See Note 1 below FORTAXR3 Foreign tax paid G Currency See Note 1 below ROYALTIESR3 Royalties from Cdn sources H Currency See Note 1 below ACCRUEDR3 Accrued income Annuities J Currency See Note 1 below TEXTATTOPR3 Optional text to print at top of slip Text 15 Generic boxes where is two numerals 01 to 04 XBOX Add l Information box Box number Text 7 XAMT Add l information box Currency data Currency XTXT Add l information box Character data Text 20 Note 1 These fields will be ignored by the import unless the Do not synchronize numerical information on T5 RL 3 slips associated with this company checkbox is selected on the Advanced page of the company information screen 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 175 12 4 17 T5007 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T5007 Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SIN SLIPSTATUS YEAR WCBENEFITS SOCIALASSISTANCE MANITOBAFRACTION
35. Click the Test button to verify that you can access the transmission service to Revenue Quebec Le 12 5 2013 11 11 55 AM Test the connection to Revenu Quebec to verify your setup 12 5 2013 11 11 55 AM Beginning test 12 5 2013 11 11 55 AM Step1 Getting name of web service 12 5 2013 11 11 59 AM gt Decoding names Test completed successfully Fores V 0008 001 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 9 2 100 AvanTax eForms 2013 Selecting Transmit will send your XML file directly to the RQ If the file has transmitted correctly you will get a confirmation and an option to print off a receipt If the file has NOT been transmitted correctly you will be informed that the transmission has failed Selecting Test will check you ability to connect to the transmission service of Revenu Qu bec Some common errors that would prevent your from connecting to the transmission service include an incorrect Qu bec Enterprise Number NEQ an incorrect Identification File Number not having an Internet connection and or having security software that blocks programs from connecting to the Internet Step 8 Record the Submission in Your Database Select what you will do with this XML file Choose what action you will take with the XML that was created in Step 6 e have submitted this file online to RQ The submission number from the Confirmation of Receipt is Click this radio button
36. Corporation 4 Other eg assoc amp trust 5 Gov t amp etc Text 1 O Original A Amended or C Cancelled Required type 1 Required type 3 4 amp 5 Required type 3 4 amp 5 Text 15 Currency Currency Currency Text 1 1 Text 32 Text 2 Integer Max of 366 Text 20 Text 9 Text 30 Text 4 Text 3 USA Text 15 Text 255 eForms Enterprise only Yes No eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 164 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 35 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 165 12 4 11 T4ARCA Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T4ARCA Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY YEAR SLIPSTATUS REFUNDEMPLOYER REFUNDEMPLOYEE DISTRIBUTIONS SELLINGPRICE OTHER INCOMETAX SIN TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Recipient last name Recipient first name Recipient initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country
37. Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Text 30 Text 30 Text 30 Currency Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Text 15 Text 7 Currency Additional Information Box Character Text 20 data 159 For net pay calc 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 160 AvanTax eForms 2013 12 4 9 T4A Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T4A Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY YEAR SLIPSTATUS SIN RECBN RECIPIENTNO CORPNAME1 CORPNAME2 SUPER LUMPSUM SELF TAX ANNUITIES RETIRING RETIRINGNON OTHER PATRONAGE PAST PENSION PENSIONNO RESPACCUM RESPED CHARITABLE Description Employee last name Employee first name Employee initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country code Year Status of slip Social insurance number 12 Recipient Business No 13 Recipient s number 14 Recipient corporation name line 1 Recipient corporation name line 2 Pension or superannuation 16 Lump sum payments 18 Self employed commissions 20 Income tax deducted 22 Annuities 24 Eligible retiring allowances 26 Non eligible retiring allowances 27 Other income 28 Patronage allocations 30 RPP contributions past service 32 Pension adjustm
38. ELM Computer Systems Inc 134 AvanTax eForms 2013 Adjust CPP if over maximum or under minimum Adjust over under paid CPP to tax based on number of pensionable weeks The first option provides only a rough adjustment It will either adjust CPP up to the minimum or down to the maximum If it falls in between these two it will not be changed This option was implemented for situations where it is not desirable to enter the number of pensionable weeks on each T4 slip Because the system does not have the number of weeks available to calculate prorated CPP exemptions if any it must assume that there is no exemption The calculated CPP may therefore be higher when this option is used The second option requires you to enter the number of pensionable weeks on each T4 slip defaulting to the value entered for this option Thus the program has enough information to calculate prorated exemptions and a more exact adjustment results 3 El insurable earnings is not printing even when have entered a value in Box 24 If the El insurable earnings is equal to gross pay or if it is equal to zero CRA Taxation asks that the El insurable earnings not be printed leaving Box 24 blank in such cases This is not a problem with eForms and we have checked with CRA Taxation to ensure that the system is functioning properly 4 have installed an update but the new features do not appear to be available or functioning Check the version num
39. Inc Electronic Filing 97 eForms Lite and Basic are limited to submitting single returns over the Internet for a single company at a time As above the file can be no larger than 150Mb in size If you are using one of these eForms versions to file electronic returns for a significant number of clients it may be in your best interest to upgrade to the eForms Standard or Enterprise Making a Payment If you must make a payment with your submission you can visit CRA s My Payment website if your financial institution is supported you can setup your payment options as necessary Step 8 Record the Submission in Your Database Select what you will do with this XML file Choose what action you will take with the XML that was created in Step 6 e have submitted this file online to CRA The submission number from the Confirmation of Receipt is Click this radio button if you have submitted the XML file to CRA and have received a confirmation number once CRA has received the XML file you will receive a confirmation number record the confirmation number here for your records e will submit this file to CRA later Click this radio button if you will not immediately be submitting the XML file to CRA but wish to retain the file for submission at a later date e This file will not be submitted The program will delete it Click this radio button if you will not be submitting the XML file to CRA eForms will delete the XML file whe
40. Name E 3 Rs doin shove Preview Print Al aces fin Sort companies is shown abo Selected Quebec Ent Number NEQ Layout Table Refresh Data Identification number Que Clear Category Orientation Portrait y Recalculate Totals RETURN INFORMATION gt gt Retum type Paper Size Letter y Close Filing status a n Active sips Margins Normal y Inactive slips oa Dido dad Top 1 Left 1 Bottom 1 Right 1 Date checked Print addresses l No x Date filed E Date slips printed y Refer to the section Company Selection 757 for details on selecting companies to include in this report Refer to the section Options 71 for details on configuring the layout of the report Refer to the section Printing Options 77 for details on Quick Print Preview amp Print and other options Fields Select one of the two options listed below O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Producing Returns amp Reports 89 8 10 8 11 8 12 e All include all the fields available on the slip report may print with a very small font to fit all data e Selected print only those fields which you select If you chose Selected click on the box beside each field you wish to include in the report Clicking on Clear will remove all selections Company Filing Status MENU REPORTS gt COMPANY FILING STATUS AvanTax eForms Enterprise Only GS Start Page 4S Filing Status
41. Numeric Text 1 Text 3 Text 1 Numeric Text 16 Currency Text 3 Text 3 Currency Text 3 Text 3 Required CAN USA etc O Original A Amended C Cancelled 8 decimals 0 Limited partner 1 Specified member who is not a limited partner 2 General partner 3 Limited partner s exempt interest 4 Nominee or agent CAN USA etc 1 Individual other than a trust 3 Corporation 4 Association trust club or partnership 8 decimals 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 179 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples E TEXT3 Generic box Text Text 25 Additional Headings for Schedule 50 fields TYPEOFPARTNER Type of partner Sch 50 box 105 Text 1 1 Individual 2 Corporation 3 Partnerships 4 Trust 5 Individual non resident 6 Corporation non resident 7 Partnership non resident 8 Trust non resident 9 Non res discretionary trust DISPOSEDOFINTEREST The partner has disposed of partnership interest Yes No during the fiscal period Sch 50 box 110 INCOMEALLOCATED Partner s share of the net income Sch 50 Currency box 220 CAPITALSTART Cost base Sch 50 box 300 Currency COSTOFUNITSACQ Cost of units acquired during fiscal period Currency Sch 50 box 310 PREVIOUSSHARE Partner s share of the previous fiscal Currency period s net income or loss Sch 50 box 320 CAPITALCON
42. Yes No Yes disables synchronization No maintains synchronization See Company Setup 5 for details 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 145 12 4 2 NR4 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain NR4 Heading NAME1 NAME2 LASTNAME1 FIRSTNAME1 INITIAL1 LASTNAME2 FIRSTNAME2 INITIAL2 ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SLIPSTATUS TAXYEAR RECTYPE COUNTRYCODE PAYERID SIN INCOMECODE1 CURRENCYCODE1 INCOME1 TAX1 EXEMPTIONCODE1 INCOMECODE2 CURRENCYCODE2 INCOME2 TAX2 Description Recipient name line 1 type 3 4 amp 5 Recipient name line 2 type 3 4 amp 5 First recipient last name type 1 amp 2 First recipient first name type 1 8 2 First recipient initial type 1 amp 2 Second recipient last name type 1 amp 2 Second recipient first name type 1 amp 2 Second recipient initial type 1 amp 2 Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Status of slip Year 10 Recipient Type 11 Country code 12 Payer or remitter Identification Number Foreign Social Security or Insurance No Income Code 14 Currency code 15 Gross Income 16 Non resident tax withheld 17 Exemption code 18 Income Code 24 Currency code 25 Gross Income 26 Non resident tax withheld 27 Type Siz
43. Yugoslavia ZMB Zambia The following abbreviations apply to commonly used currencies use OTH where none of the following apply Country Name Currency Code Country Name Afghanistan Afghani AFN ieee Aland Islands Euro EUR Liechtenstein Albania Lek ALL Lithuania Algeria Algerian Dinar DZD Luxembourg American Samoa U S Dollar USD Macao Andorra Euro EUR AE Angola Kwanza AOA Madagascar Anguilla East Caribbean Dollar XCD Malawi Antigua amp Barbuda East Caribbean Dollar XCD Malaysia Argentina Argentine Peso ARS Maldives Armenia Armenian Dram AMD Mali Aruba Aruban Guilder AWG Malta Currency Code Libyan Dinar LYD Swiss Franc CHF Lithuanian Litas LTL Euro EUR Pataca MOP Denar MKD Malagasy Ariary MGA Kwacha MWK Malaysian Ringgit MYR Rufiyaa MVR CFA Franc BCEAO XOF Euro EUR 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Australia Austira Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Australian Dollar Euro Azerbaijanian Manat Bahamian Dollar Bahraini Dinar Taka Barbados Dollar Belarussian Ruble Euro Belize Dollar CFA Franc BCEAO Bermudian Dollar Ngultrum Boliviano Bosnia amp Herzegovina Convertible Marks Botswana Bouvet Island Brazil British Ocean Terr Brunei Darussalam Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Islands Chile China Christmas Island Cocos Keeling Is Colombia Comoros
44. _ System Settings CAProgramData Avan Tax eForms 2012 System Settings Ales Bad 9 Temp Folder C Users Peter Rhebergen AppData Local Temp Folder OK Installation Information 10 Node Installation NO Le C t4net Win32_PT bin Debug poes Ses DLL Versions Clear MRU List Close Restore Defaults Save Changes The Diagnostics and File Locations screen allows you to quickly view critical information relating to your eForms installation Most often you will use this screen with our technical support team to diagnose system problems though your own IT staff can use it to quickly see if a user has appropriate access to all system folders Each eForms user must have Read Write Modify access rights to each folder listed on this screen including Program Path in order for eForms to function properly Folder names are accompanied by one of the following colour coded messages depending on the user s access rights to the folder e Files Bad User does not have complete Read Write Modify access to files in this folder Folder OK There are no problems accessing data in this folder Folder Bad User does not have complete Read Write Modify access to this folder New Folder A new folder will be created upon clicking the Save Changes button No Folder There is no folder specified In any situation other than Folder OK or New Folder users will have problems using eForms including among ot
45. a combination of any letter number or symbol to a maximum length of 30 characters Passwords are case sensitive NOTE Record your password and store it in a secure location as the backup file will no longer be accessible if the password has been lost we will not be able to recover the password for you Use Maximum Compression While all backup files are compressed if this box is checked the backup file will be created with maximum compression This will cause the backup s to take up less storage space While this will slow down the backup and restore process somewhat it is useful if you need to create the smallest backup file possible Once all the settings have been configured to your satisfaction you can click the Finish button to create your backup If any users have the database open at their workstation the backup will not be successful The Restore Dialogue Restore Database El w Please select a file to restore File to restore EJ Restore E AvanTax Forms a De Restore to path C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents T4 TimeSaver 2011 Data Ca File name TIN lt You may restore the file to a different file name if there is a password for this backup file type it here Restore this file Enter the folder and filename you used when creating the backup see above You can use the button at the end of the field to browse folders for backup files 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 4 8 Working wi
46. amount on RL 1 Currency Q6BALLOWANCE Q 6 Travel allowance Currency Q6BREIMBURSEMENT Q 6 Travel reimbursement Currency Q6BAMTONR1 Q 6 Travel amount on RL 1 Currency Q6CALLOWANCE Q 6 Other allowance Currency Q6CREIMBURSEMENT Q 6 Other reimbursement Currency Q6CAMTONR1 Q 6 Other amount on RL 1 Currency Q6INFO Q 6 Other expenses specify Text 20 Q7YES Q 7 Expenses on employee s behalf Yes No Yes selects option 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 184 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading Q7NO Q7TYPE Q7AMT Q7AMTONR1 Q8YES Q8NO Q8A Q8B Q8C Q9YES Q9NO Q9AREA Q10YES Q10NO Q11YES Q11NO Q11INFO Q12YES Q12NO Q12INFO Q13YES Q13NO Q14YES Q14NO Q15YES Q15NO Q15A Q15B Q16YES Description Yes Q 7 Expenses on employees behalf No Q 7 Type of expenses paid Q 7 Amount of expenses paid Q 7 Amount on RL 1 Q 8 Work away from office Yes Q 8 Work away from office No Q 8 Percentage of hours at workplace Q 8 Percentage of hours at clients premises on road Q 8 Percentage of hours at employee s home Q 9 12 hours away from workplace municipality Yes Q 9 12 hours away from workplace municipality No Q 9 Area where employee performed duties Q 10 Employee supply vehicle Yes Q 10 Employee supply vehicle No Q 11 Travel expenses under contract Yes Q 11 Travel expense
47. and address information Fix El insurable earnings on T4s Set El insurable earnings to the lesser of Employment Income Box 14 and Maximum El Earnings 891 12 on all selected T4s NOTE El insurable earnings will be overwritten on all selected T4s that are not El exempt Fix CPP QPP pensionable earnings on T4s Set CPP pensionable earnings the lesser of Employment Income Box 14 and Maximum CPP Earnings 2 356 20 on all selected T4s NOTE CPP pensionable earnings will be overwritten on all selected T4s that are not CPP exempt Fix CPP QPP pensionable earnings on RL 1s Set QPP pensionable earnings to the lesser of Employment Income Box A and Maximum QPP Earnings 2 356 20 on all selected RL 1s 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Tools to Manipulate Data 109 NOTE QPP pensionable earnings will be overwritten on all selected RL 1s that are not QPP exempt Change slip type to The slip type on all selected slips will be changed to the indicated type Original Amended or Cancelled when this box is checked 10 4 4 Remove Slips MENU TOOLS gt GLOBAL CHANGES gt REMOVE SLIPS The Remove Slips function allows you to remove all slips of any type for any company in the database d Start Page Remove Slips l YX Companies Y Demo Demo Select Current Company X Test Company Fiter ClearAl User Defined Groups Save Rename List Save As Delete Exception
48. and contact information for the person answering accounting inquiries for electronic returns Do not use ELM Computer Systems as the Accounting Contact Technical Contact Enter name and contact information for the person answering technical inquiries for electronic returns Do not use ELM Computer Systems as the Technical Contact Transmitter Number The Transmitter Number is supplied by the CRA and is in the format MMnnnnnn MM followed by six numeric characters The default transmitter number MM555555 can be entered in this field only if you have not yet been assigned a Transmitter Number by the CRA 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 124 AvanTax eForms 2013 If you have filed electronically in the past the CRA will have issued you a Transmitter Number for use in subsequent years To find your Transmitter Number if it is not recorded on the Transmitter Information page of the 2012 eForms you must contact the CRA hoo Quebec Transmitter Number The Quebec Transmitter Number is supplied by the RQ and is in the format NPnnnnnn NP followed by six numeric characters There is no default transmitter that can be used if you have not yet been assigned a Transmitter Number by the RQ If you have filed electronically in the past the RQ will have issued you a Transmitter Number for use in subsequent years To find your Transmitter Number if it is not recorded on the Transmitter Information page of the 2012 eForms
49. as any original slip not already assigned a number The dialogue below will be displayed if amended slips have been printed and you have chosen to re assign sequence numbers to amended slips only Save Original Relev Numbers ZE Do you want to save the original relev numbers that printed on the amended slips e Answering Yes at this dialogue will save the sequence number for amended slips in the Previous relev number field of the slip s data entry screen O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Producing Returns amp Reports 75 8 4 8 4 1 Most Relev slips display two sequence numbers e The top number is associated with the magnetic media submission and is assigned when you process the XML output not when the slips are printed Setting the starting sequence number in eForms does not assign these numbers to the slips e The bottom number is associated with the paper copy and is assigned when the forms are printed The procedure to ensure that both sequence number print correctly on any paper Relev slips would be to Enter the slips into eForms Check for errors in data entry Process the electronic filing submission file this will assign the top sequence number Print the slips this will assign the bottom sequence number Since the XML processing was done first both numbers will print Common Features Company Selection The company selection screen shown below is common to m
50. caused by including the special formatting characters such as a space or hyphen as part of the number Excluding all characters but the actual numbers or letters should resolve the problem Other Problems a Miscellaneous data problems Run the Repair Database function found in the File menu on your data b Miscellaneous printing problems turn both the computer and the printer off wait a minute and turn them both on again check to see that a printer is connected to your computer and that the cables are snug 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 136 AvanTax eForms 2013 ensure that the most recent printer driver for your operating system has been installed printer drivers are generally available from the printer manufacturer s website c Miscellaneous installation problems ensure that no other software is running during installation of eForms such as anti virus software or programs that start with Windows restart your computer to eliminate any potential memory corruption issues 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 137 12 2 Reporting CPP QPP amp El Earnings Before 2011 Beginning January 1 2012 for the 2011 tax season the CRA has mandated that CPP QPP and El earnings must always be reported Prior to that time and for reference when preparing returns for 2010 and earlier the following rules were in effect CPP QPP Pensionable Earnings A value should only be entered in
51. code Tax year Status of slip Refund of employer contributions 12 Refund of employee contributions 14 Distributions 16 Selling price of an interest in RCA 18 Other amounts 20 Income tax deducted 22 Social insurance number 24 Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Numeric 4 13 Text 1 O Original A Amended or C Cancelled Required Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Text 9 Text 15 Text 255 eForms Enterprise only Yes No eForms Enterprise only Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 166 AvanTax eForms 2013 12 4 12 T4PS Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T4PS Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples LASTNAME Recipient last name Text 30 Required FIRSTNAME Recipient first name Text 12 INITIAL Recipient initial Text 1 ADDRESS1 Address line 1 Text 30 ADDRESS2 Address line 2 Text 30 CITY City Text 28 PROV Province code Text 2 POSTAL Postal code including space Text 10 COUNTRY Country
52. electronic filing you can either select the Electronic Filing menu or choose Electronic Filing from the appropriate slip listed under the Reports menu Note The screen shots and instructions below describe the process for CRA returns only the process is identical for filing Revenu Qu bec returns WE Start Page 42 Validate Data x Step 1 Select Companies to File F Demo Demo Select Curent Company y E Test Company Filing Status Fitter Clearal User Defined Groups Save Rename List E Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected lt less Step 2 Select Returns to File qr T4A T5 Step 3 Check Setup Options 2 2 Step 4 Set Filing Options Select method of submission l Intemet X Select status of slips to be Qricin submitted 0 Ongnal E Only process slips selected for special eiing on the Advanced tab E Only process slips with this subset tag on the Advanced tab Step 5 Prepare and Validate Submission File Lie and Vaidston Repot Veen Foto Validation options Step 1 Select Companies to File Refer to the section Company Selection 751 for details on selecting companies to include in this report Note eForms Lite and Basic can select one Company at a time to file electronically eForms Standard and Enterprise can select multiple companies 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc E
53. employment CPP QPP El and PPIP QPIP Do Not Adjust Boxes Check one two or all of these boxes to indicate that this particular slip should not be adjusted when the slips for this company are adjusted This allows you to adjust some slips while leaving others as entered Note that this will impact the display of slip totals on the summary refer to Adjustment Status 61 for details Go to T4 T4A or RL 1 Buttons Clicking on either of these button will display either the T4A slip or RL 1 slip associated with the displayed slip if it exists Adjust Button Clicking on this button will adjust the displayed slip The adjustments will be made based on the adjustment options selected for the current company These adjustments are not reflected in the corresponding T4 summary unless all recipient slips have been adjusted using by Printing Adjustment Reports 82 Net Pay Button The employee s net pay can be calculated and displayed on the screen as you enter data into the T4 and may prove useful as an audit check Click the Net Pay 5 button to choose whether or not to display Net Pay and to determine how Net Pay will be calculated 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Entering Recipient Payee Information 69 Note if entered these fields will replace the name on the T4A slip 6 6 3 T4A 1 General 2 Advanced Pension or supe
54. for the recipients submissions of fewer than 50 slips and or records keeping 9 Submit the return s to the CRA or RQ as appropriate and record any submission confirmation information 10 Archive your data for re issuing lost slips or gasp subsequent audits CONDO 3 2 Starting the Program A eForms icon like the one below will be automatically created on your desktop Additionally a program group named 2013 AvanTax eForms will be added to the Start menu and will contain entries for the eForms 2013 program and its documentation 2013 eForms Double click the eForms icon to start the software the Start Page will be displayed each time that eForms is started The Start Page provides immediate access to the primary features of eForms and to various sections of the help system 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 26 AvanTax eForms 2013 La AvanTax eForms 2013 Test DB File Edit View Company Forms Reports Electronic Filing Tools Setup Windows Help Developer Current company Demo EN ES E 14 gt E Start Page A ANTAX eFORMS HGH Getting Started Database Activities My Purchase History Create a new database Current database information Look up authorization codes and Configure current database Configure current database purchase history ran user settings A Create a new database Add a company to the database Find databases i i Importing Data Files Enter or impo
55. from XLS or XLSX files AvanTax eForms Versions AvanTax eForms is available in four Windows versions Lite Basic Standard and Enterprise providing a range of features that will satisfy the requirements of any firm regardless of its size Throughout this manual features that are available only on specific versions of eForms will be appropriately noted Forms available are dependant 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Introduction 13 on the version of eForms that has been installed refer to About eForms 11 for a list of forms available in each version Refer to the eForms Comparison Chart 147 for a full list of features present in each version of AvanTax eForms AvanTax eForms Lite eForms Lite is our entry level package and has been designed for firms with smaller data processing requirements Returns can be prepared for up to 5 companies with a maximum of 25 slips of each type T4 T4A T5 RL 1 amp RL 3 for each company AvanTax eForms Basic A step up from eForms Lite eForms Basic is a good solution for the information return preparation needs of larger firms whether you produce returns for your own organization or for multiple client organizations Unlimited in the number of returns that can be manually entered and processed eForms Basic can be used to prepare returns for even the largest organizations with a minimum of fuss and bother AvanTax eForms Standard Our most popular package eForms Standard
56. if you have submitted the XML file to RQ and have received a confirmation number once RQ has received the XML file you will receive a confirmation number record the confirmation number here for your records e will submit this file to RQ later Click this radio button if you will not immediately be submitting the XML file to RQ but wish to retain the file for submission at a later date e This file will not be submitted The program will delete it Click this radio button if you will not be submitting the XML file to RQ eForms will delete the XML file when you click NEXT button Your notes about this submission Here you can enter any information you wish to record about this XML file Cancel Cancels the submission process deletes the XML file and returns you to eForms Finish Only available when one of the three radio buttons in Step 8 has been chosen when clicked it will return you to eForms after confirming whether or not you wish to update the filing status for the company ies included in the XML submission Instructions for CRA Returns The following instructions are provided here for a convenient reference For complete details see the CRA website 1 Electronic filing submissions may be made by Internet or on a media such as a CD or DVD A complete electronic filing submission contains the transmitter identification as well as the slip and summary information for each return No paper forms are required with the submission
57. include columns for which data exists that will be imported Additionally if you have a column or row of data in your spreadsheet that you do not wish to import you can force eForms to ignore it by entering NULL in the top cell of a column to ignore the column or in the first cell of a row to ignore the row 6 Make sure that the data in each column matches the headings For example if the city and province were exported to a single column in the Excel sheet you will need to move the province to the PROV column and the city to the CITY column A typical spread sheet could look something like this A B C D E F G H l J K L M N o 1 T4 LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SIN TAXYEAR INCOME COMPANY NAME1 INCOME 2 Aarons Aldo A 1 Apple Court Apt 1 Acton ON A1A1A1 CAN 123456789 2009 10 000 00 ABCDE Company 1234567 89 3 Brown Bob 2 Birch Street Barrie ON B2B2B2 CAN 234567890 2009 20 00 20 ABCDE Company 2345678 91 4 Clark Carl 3 Cedar St Collingwood ON C3C3C3 CAN 345678901 2009 33 333 33 ABCDE Company 3456789 12 5 Dickson Daryl D 4 Delaware Dr Suite 4 Durham ON D4D4D4 CAN 456789012 2009 4 000 00 ABCDE Company 4567891 23 6 Emery Ellen E 5 Everett Ct Ewing ON ESESES CAN 567890123 2009 55 05 ABCDE Company 5678912 34 7 French Fred 6 Fir Drive Fergus ON F6F6F6 CAN 678901234 2009 6 000 60 FGH Corporation 6789123 45 8 Gundeson George G 7 Gray Road Unit 7 Grimsby ON G7G7G7 CAN 789012345 2009 777 00 FGH Corporation 78912
58. is not a contributor 24 Contract number 14 Annuity payments 16 Refund of premiums 18 Refund of excess contributions 20 Commutation payments 22 LLP withdrawal 25 Amounts received at deregistration 26 Other income or deductions 28 Income tax deducted 30 Amounts received at death 34 HBP withdrawal 27 Transfer on breakdown of marriage 35 Tax paid amount 40 Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Text 1 Required CAN USA etc O Original A Amended or C Cancelled Numeric 4 2013 Text 15 Text 15 Yes No Yes No Text 12 Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Text 15 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 170 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples COMPANY COMPANYTAG Tag associated with company name Text 10 eForms Enterprise only SLIPTAG Subset tag Text 10 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 171 12 4 15 T5 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Exc
59. it can neither be created nor deleted Copy User Copies all personal settings of an existing user to a new user account This is handy for network administrators to setup multiple user accounts with similar settings O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 126 AvanTax eForms 2013 11 3 11 4 Edit User Options Turns on user settings mode for the selected user account In this mode the user s personal settings can be configured at will To commit them to the user database you can either exit eForms or return to the User Administration dialogue and click on Done Change Password Changes the password for the selected user account Delete User Account Deletes the selected user account Data File Security MENU SETUP gt DATA FILE SECURITY GH Start Page Data Security x BE Start Page M Data Security x Protect user settings database from unauthorized access Restrict access to the curent database Protect user settings database from unauthorized access Protect current database from unauthorized access Protect curent database from unauthorized access The protect database from unauthorized access options configure a database so 1 cannot be opened by programe Forms you access to this database then only the user ADMIN the The protect database from unauthorized access options at open the cotherthan AvanTax ef restrict creator owner shown below and the selected users can open the conf
60. must have access to a diskette drive or CD DVD writer to successfully use this option Select Status of Slips to be Submitted Each submission must contain original amended or cancelled returns Select Original Amended or Cancelled to include all original amended or cancelled returns respectively of the types selected for the companies included in your submission Note eForms does not include amended slips having a zero dollar value in an electronic submission if you need to submit a slip that has been amended and has a zero dollar value you should leave the original dollar values unchanged and set the slip status to Cancelled Only process slips that are selected on the Advanced tab Enterprise only Check the box marked Only process slips that are selected on the Advanced tab to create an electronic submission XML file containing only selected slips You must also check the box marked Check to select this slip for special electronic filing on the Advanced Tab 67 on the data entry screen for the slip s to be included Only process slips with this subset tag on the Advanced tab Enterprise only Check the box marked Only process slips with this subset tag on the Advanced tab to create an electronic submission XML file containing only slips with a particular subset tag You must also enter the subset tag on the Advanced Tab s7 on the data entry screen for the slip s to be included Step 5 Prepare and Validate Submission
61. of the message in this area Save Saves the settings for use by eForms SMTP Server Settings You may need to obtain the following information from your IT department or your Internet Service Provider ISP SMTP Mail Server Enter the name of your SMTP outgoing mail server Port Number This is the port that your computer uses for outgoing email Typically it will be 25 but your IT department or ISP may have configured outgoing email differently Server Timeout The number of seconds that will pass before eForms stops trying to connect with the SMTP server SSL Encryption This toggles SSL encryption of the logon information on or off Using this option will not encrypt your email only the account name and password will be encrypted This option can only be used if your SMTP server requires SSL encryption User Name The logon name for your SMTP mail server In most cases this will not be your email address Password The password for your SMTP mail server This is case sensitive Remember Password Checking this box allows eForms to remember the SMTP account password and lets you avoid re entering it each time you email slips If eForms is running on an insecure system or in a publicly accessible area we recommend that you do not set eForms to remember the password Reply Email Enter the name of the email address to which delivery notifications or any recipient response will be sent Test Settings Use the Test Settings button
62. only SLIPTAG Subset tag Text 10 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 168 AvanTax eForms 2013 12 4 13 T4RIF Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T4RIF Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SLIPSTATUS YEAR SIN SPOUSESSIN TAXABLE CONTRACT DECEASED DEREGISTRATION OTHERINCOME EXCESS SPOUSALRRIF INCOMETAX DATEDEATH TRANSFERS TAXPAID TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Recipient last name Recipient first name Recipient initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Status of slip Year Canadian social insurance number 12 Spouse s Canadian social insurance number 32 Taxable payments received 16 Contract number 14 Amounts received at death 18 Amounts received at deregistration 20 Other income or deductions 22 Excess amount 24 Yes if spouse is a contributor 26 Income tax deducted 28 Date of annuitant s death 30 Transfer on breakdown of marriage 35 Tax paid amount 36 Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Text 30 Text 12
63. recommend creating a strong password A strong password is atleast 6 characters long and contains a mixture of upper and lower case letters numbers and special characters You may use the following characters Lower case letters a b c z Upper case letters A B C Z Numbers 0 1 2 9 Special Characters O 8 amp _ a Gas If the current password has been forgotten the administrator logged in as ADMIN will need to use the User Administration 125 function of the Setup 3 menu to change the password for the user 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Setup to Configure eForms 131 11 8 Edit Setup Files 11 8 1 System Settings MENU SETUP gt EDIT SETUP FILES gt SYSTEM SETTINGS This feature allows the direct editing of the global system settings found in the T4NET 2013 INI file The System Settings option should only be used under the supervision of ELM Technical Support 11 8 2 Paths MENU SETUP gt EDIT SETUP FILES gt PATHS This feature allows the direct editing of the file location settings found in the T4NET Paths INI file The Paths setup option should only be used under the supervision of ELM Technical Support 11 8 3 User Settings MENU SETUP gt EDIT SETUP FILES gt USER SETTINGS This feature allows the direct editing of the session settings for the current user found in the username INI file where username designates the logon name of the c
64. rejected by CRA or RQ The Warnings list shows data that should be corrected but which will not cause rejection of the submission by CRA or RQ Either report can be printed by clicking the Print button Refresh Data Use this button to incorporate any additions deletions or changes made to the company list or changes made to individual slips since the Validating Data window was opened Set Output Folder Allows the user to change the location of the XML submission files See File Locations 127 for further information 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 8 8 86 AvanTax eForms 2013 E Mail Recipient Slips MENU REPORTS gt E MAIL RECIPIENT SLIPS AvanTax eForms Enterprise Only You will use the E Mail Recipient Slips screen to configure eForms to send PDF versions of the recipient copies copy 2 amp 3 to their respective recipients WE Start Page JUS E Mail Slips X x Companies Y Demo Company Demo Company Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected More Slips Slip type T4 y Gear Al Z DOE John CAP EMPLOYEE Test Select Selected recipients y ROE Richard 0 of 0 selected Email Options Pdf folder a A Ce 2nd attachment 4 x Send Body 7 Reset Status Save Data Edit list SMTP Server Settings Close SMTP mail server Port number 25 Server timeout 100 seconds SSL encryption User name Te x Password Remember password
65. retrieved when that user logs in to eForms 11 1 1 New Company Defaults Page MENU SETUP gt USER SETTINGS gt Tab 1 Complete the New Company Defaults page This information will be automatically entered into each new company you set up You may override these defaults for individual companies as you set them up ul Start Page US User Settings User Settings 1 New Company Defaults 2 Adjustment Options 3 Data Entry 4 Electronic Filing 5 Options r Contact Information on All Summaries First name Sumame Area code phone Other Information Default province of employment La User name MANUAL r Certification Section on All Summaries Authorized person Position or office each new company you set up Note Information on this tab will be copied to 11 1 2 T4 Adjustment Defaults Page MENU SETUP gt USER SETTINGS gt Tab 2 Complete the T4 Adjustment Defaults page The information on this page will be copied to the T4 Adjustment Options page of the Company Information window for each new company See further information in Adjustment Options 55 regarding how to set the adjustments options to best suit your needs 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Setup to Configure eForms 121 Start Page ll User Settings x User Settings Ca
66. select Import into companies in the Company Namel column the data for each slip will be imported into the company indicated in the Company Name1 column 12 Click Import eForms will add the slip data to the indicated company If there are already slips of the selected type in the company the imported data will be appended as additional slips A summary for the return will be created or updated as required If you have a company with 10 T4 slips and you import 15 more T4 slips eForms updates the T4 summary with the totals of all 25 slips Add Update Options eForms Enterprise Only eForms Enterprise enables a far more granular data import than other versions Using eForms Enterprise it is possible to import data into an existing company without overwriting data already existing within that company Add new slips to the database Data for the slip in question will be added to the data existing in eForms Enterprise as a new slip If the slip already exists in the eForms database it will be overwritten Update existing slips based on linking field eForms Enterprise Only This option will update existing data in the eForms Enterprise by use of the linking field The linking field can be any field that is unique to each recipient such as SIN During the import existing data for the recipients indicated 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 112 AvanTax eForms 2013 by the linking field will be updated with the data appearing in the i
67. select companies to include in the adjustment report based on any combination of Filing Status Electronic Filing Status Printing Status Company Category or Active Slips 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 76 AvanTax eForms 2013 8 4 2 8 4 3 Clear All Use Clear All to clear the current company selection User Defined Groups You can create a user defined group of companies by selecting companies as noted above and saving the selection list by clicking the Save As button You will be asked to enter a name for the selection The name you use will be added to the companies drop down list If you subsequently make changes to the list use the Save button to save your changes Use Rename to change the group name or Delete to delete the group altogether List will create a report listing the companies included in the group Exception will create a report listing any companies that are not included in any groups The user defined groups defined here will be available from any report or form printing menu Layout Options Sort slips by Choose the order in which you wish the slips to print Name Data Entry Sequence SIN Employee Number Postal Code Province of Employment Layout Select either the Table or Memo style of layout Orientation Select whether you wish the report to print in the Portrait or Landscape orientation Paper Size Select whether you wish the report to print on letter or legal sized paper
68. slip to be printed its status and the answers you provide you will see one or more of the following dialogues Reassign Serial Numbers O Do you want to reassign the relev numbers before printing Ye Lime The screen above will be displayed when you are re printing slips whether original or amended Clicking on Yes will cause eForms to calculate new sequence numbers for the slips being printed Clicking on No will cause eForms to print the slips using the sequence number already assigned In the case where no sequence number exists eForms will assign the next number in sequence Print System Assigned Original Relev Numbers s Revenu Qu bec requires that amended RL slips show the relev number of the original slip Because you are printing amended slips which have previously been assigned relev numbers by AvanTax eForms you have a choice You can either print the system assigned numbers in the Num ro du relev original boxes by selecting Yes or if you have manually entered the original numbers on the slips you can print them instead by selecting No Select Yes to print the system assigned original numbers or No to print the numbers you entered on the slips vs Lv The dialogue above will be displayed when one or more amended slips are included in the slips to be printed If you answer Yes at this dialogue all amended slips printed will be assigned new sequence numbers as well
69. slips by dame Zj 0of1 Copy and Printer Selection SS Quick Print Y Copy 1 Paper Type Plain paper 2 page on letter size Preview Print Y Copy 23 Printer printserver HP LaserJet 4 y ue Y Copy 4 Paper Source Automatically Select y Adjust Margins Options PDF File Options Refresh Data Group output by Copy number X Save PDF files AAA Save in client folders Output Folder F Print test pattem oe Pdf file pa copy number Advanced E Pause printing between copies nia ok aes AA Gus French instructions on copy 2 3 Separate Pdf file for each recipient Copy 2 3 More a Include country in Canadian addresses Note T4 amp RL 1 slips will report the unadjusted values for any adjusted slips unless all slips for a given company have been adjusted A warning will be shown if some slips are adjusted and others are not Refer to the section Company Selection 75 for details on selecting companies to include in this report Slips Select one of the options from the drop down list All Slips print all the slips for the selected companies Original Slips Only print only the slips that have not been amended for the selected companies Amended Slips Only print only the amended slips for the selected companies Cancelled Slips Only print only the cancelled slips for the selected companies Selected Slips print only the selected slips for one selected company No email consent print only the slips that do not have the ema
70. tab on most information slip data entry screens The fields on this screen are used to enter the email and selection criteria of the slip s recipient which can then be used to email an electronic copy to the recipient rather than collating and mailing paper slips The slip will be sent as a PDF file Email address Enter the recipient s email address a PDF copy of the slip will be sent to this address The checkbox Recipient consents to receive electronic copy of slip is selected by default for all recipients of all slip types to indicate that the recipient has approved the use of their email address in this way You are required to obtain the employee s consent before you can distribute slips in electronic format Filename of slip PDF file The Filename of slip PDF file field indicates the filename used when the individual recipients PDF file is saved To change the filename settings you must use the More option under PDF File Options on the reports screen Enter the filename you want to give the PDF slip as it will be stored in your system Email delivery status The delivery status field indicates whether or not a PDF slip has been emailed to the recipient Special electronic filing Check the box marked Check to select this slip for special electronic filing to select the current slip to be included in an electronic submission XML file containing only selected slips You must also check the box marked Only process slips that are s
71. the sequence numbers on the forms are unique and within the range assigned to the user by Revenu Qu bec paper forms and ELM Computer Systems Inc electronic forms We specifically state that our comments in any communication that may occur between you and ELM Computer Systems regarding filing or submission requirements tax law and the like are not to be considered as professional advice All such questions must be directed to representatives of the appropriate agency Program features described in this document and screenshots of program features are of the latest eForms release installed on a fully patched Windows 7 computer and may not exactly reflect what is shown while using older program releases or other versions of Windows 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Part Il Installing AvanTax eForms AN TIMESAVER Installing AvanTax eForms 19 Installing AvanTax eForms eForms may be installed on any storage media accessible to your computer The program can be installed without affecting any existing 2012 or 2013 eForms databases Despite this we strongly recommend that you have a reliable backup of your data prior to installing 2013 eForms or any updates Before beginning the installation note the following security issues 1 The logon account used for the installation must have local administrator privileges on the computer where the installation will take place 2 The logon account used for the insta
72. the first data element import from CSV must contain TP64 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples LASTNAME Recipient last name Text 30 Required FIRSTNAME Recipient first name Text 12 SIN Social insurance number Text 9 TAXYEAR Taxation year Numeric 4 2013 QYES Q 1 Expense Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q1NO Q 1 Expense No Yes No No de selects option Q2FROM Q 2 From date Date Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 Q2TO Q 2 To date Date Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 Q3 Q 3 Title or position Text 50 Q4YES gt 4 Remunerated by commissions Yes No Yes selects option es Q4NO Q 4 Remunerated by commissions No Yes No No de selects option Q4AMT Q 4 Amount of remuneration Currency Q4TYPE Q 4 Type of property or contract Text 50 Q5YES Q 5 Kilometrage allowance Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q5NO Q 5 Kilometrage allowance No Yes No No de selects option Q5RATESPERKM Q 5 Rates per km Currency Q5DISTANCE Q 5 Distance travelled Numeric 4 Q5ALLOWANCE Q 5 Total allowance Currency Q5AMTONR1 Q 5 Amount reported on RL 1 Currency Q5TYPE Q 5 Type of trips covered Text 50 Q6YES Q 6 Allowance for expenses Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q6NO Q 6 Allowance for expenses No Yes No No de selects option Q6AALLOWANCE Q 6 Motor vehicle allowance Currency Q6AREIMBURSEMENT Q 6 Motor vehicle reimbursement Currency Q6AAMTONR1 Q 6 Motor vehicle
73. the recipient has not consented to receive an email copy e Subset tag Prints only those slips that match the specified subset tag Converting a previous year database can now optionally retain company filing status Summaries can now be printed without displaying the totals for their associated slips eForms can be used to prepare returns for the following information slips Canada Revenue Agency CRA NR4 RRSP T1204 T3 T4 T4PS TARIF T4RSP T4A T4A NR T4A RCA T5 T5007 T5008 T5013 T5018 T2200 amp T2202A TFSA Revenu Qu bec RQ RL 1 RL 2 RL 3 RL 8 RL 11 RL 15 RL 16 RL 17 RL 18 RL 22 RL 24 RL 25 RL 27 amp TP 64 3 V The selection of forms that are available depends on the version of AvanTax eForms installed eForms Lite T4 T4A T5 RL 1 amp RL 3 eForms Basic NR4 RRSP T1204 T4 T4PS TARIF TARSP T4A T4A NR T4A RCA T5 T5007 T5008 T5018 T2200 T2202A TFSA RL 1 RL 2 RL 3 RL 8 RL 11 RL 17 RL 18 RL 22 RL 24 RL 25 RL 27 amp TP 64 3 V eForms Standard formerly eForms Plus NR4 RRSP T1204 T4 T4PS T4RIF T4RSP T4A T4A NR T4A RCA T5 T5007 T5008 T5013 T5018 T2200 T2202A TFSA RL 1 RL 2 RL 3 RL 8 RL 11 RL 15 RL 17 RL 18 RL 22 RL 24 RL 25 RL 27 amp TP 64 3 V eForms Enterprise NR4 RRSP 11204 T3 T4 T4PS TARIF TARSP T4A T4A NR T4A RCA T5 T5007 T5008 T5013 T5018 T2200 T2202A TFSA RL 1 RL 2 RL 3 RL 8 RL 11 RL 15 RL 16 RL 17 RL 18 RL 22 RL 24
74. the user database file is likely damaged You can delete the files USERSETTINGS MDB and USERSETTINGS BK where represents a number from 1 to 9 you will then need to set up the user names again If you have a large number of users you may wish to attempt repairing the USERSETTINGS MDB database To do this 1 Rename USERSETTINGS MDB 2 Start eForms 3 Select Repair Database from the Tools menu 4 Select the renamed file 5 Once it has been repaired rename it to USERSETTINGS MDB 7 I get the message The OLE system files are in use and cannot be updated This installation must restart Windows to update OLE before it can continue Press Yes to restart Windows and continue the installation or press No to exit the installation when installing the program This message is typically displayed when you are installing to a network directory on a Novell network although similar messages may be displayed if you are installing to other network operating systems and you do not have sufficient rights to modify the contents of the network directory To resolve the problem log on to the network as an administrator and run the installation program again 8 Network Administrator Installation and or NETNODE installation don t appear to be working properly After a Network Administrator Installation you may encounter unexpected errors or erratic performance on 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 135 Windows
75. to move the province under the PROV header and the city under the CITY header A typical CSV file could look something like this T4 LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SIN TAXYEAR INCOME COMPANY NAME1 INCOME Aarons Aldo A 1 Apple Court Apt 1 Acton ON A1A1A1 CAN 123456789 2009 10 000 00 ABCDE Company 1234567 89 Brown Bob 2 Birch Street Barrie ON B2B2B2 CAN 234567890 2009 20 00 20 ABCDE Company 2345678 91 Clark Carl C 3 Cedar St Collingwood ON C3C3C3 CAN 345678901 2009 33 333 33 ABCDE Company 3456789 12 Dickson Daryl D 4 Delaware Dr Suite 4 Durham ON D4D4D4 CAN 456789012 2009 4 000 00 ABCDE Company 4567891 23 Emery Ellen E 5 Everett Ct Ewing ON ESESES CAN 567890123 2009 55 05 ABCDE Company 5678912 34 French Fred 6 Fir Drive Fergus ON F6F6F6 CAN 678901234 2009 6 000 60 FGH Corporation 6789123 45 Gundeson George G 7 Gray Road Unit 7 Grimsby 0ON G7G7G7 CAN 789012345 2009 777 00 FGH Corporation 7891234 56 Henstock Hazel H 8 Hettersley Circle Hamilton ON H8H8H8 CAN 890123456 2009 88 008 80 FGH Corporation 8912345 67 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Tools to Manipulate Data 113 COMPANY NAME1 eForms Enterprise Only The COMPANY NAME 1 is used exclusively by eForms Enterprise to enable importing data for multiple payers employers companies To use this field simply enter the name of a company alread
76. to test the email configuration you ve entered A test email will be sent to the reply address entered above If the test fails you should confirm that the information entered is correct and that your network allows outgoing email from an email client in an installed application You may have to ask your IT 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 8 9 88 AvanTax eForms 2013 department or ISP to grant eForms an exception to any applicable firewall or email delivery protocols Save Saves the settings for use by eForms Preview Use the Preview button to review the email before sending Send Use the Send button to send the email Depending on the number of recipients included and the size of the attachments the mailing process could take some time Company Summary MENU REPORTS gt COMPANY SUMMARY The Company Summary is a listing of the companies in the current database with the number of active and inactive slips of each type Select Company Summary from the Reports menu to generate this report A dialog box will open which will allow you to select which companies to include and other options ud Start Page 2 Company summary vx Companies Y Demo Demo Select Curent Company y Test Company Filing Status Fiter Ceara User Defined Groups Save Rename List Save as Delete Exception Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected less Fields Options F Company
77. up the menu and selecting the function These are listed below Special Icons F1 F2 F4 Ctrl A Ctrl D Ctrl P Ctrl S Ctrl PgUp PgUp PgDn Ctrl PgDn Shift F6 F7 Shift F7 Opens the internal help system Lists the selection list for a data entry field indicated by an _ icon where applicable Overrides a calculated field indicated by an icon where applicable Adds a slip to the current company Deletes the current slip from the current company Opens the print window with the current employee selected if applicable Allows you to select from the list of slips for the current company and return type Moves to the first slip of the current sort order for the current company Moves to the previous slip of the current sort order for the current company Moves to the next slip of the current sort order for the current company and adds a new slip if the current slip is the last slip Moves to the last slip of the current sort order for the current company Pastes the address of the current company into the displayed information slip Copies employee name and address data from the displayed information slip Pastes copied employee name and address data into the displayed information slip A variety of special icons are used throughout eForms to indicate additional features information or options These are listed below a Asmall triangle in the lower right of a data entry field indicates a selection list of
78. various data entry screens for each slip Forms that have not been enabled or are not available in your eForms version will not appear in the Forms Menu Clicking on a form will display all data entry screens for that form More Select this item to display the Configure Database dialogue which will enable you to enable amp disable forms within the current database Forms available from the Forms Menu are dependant on the version of eForms that has been installed refer to About eForms 11 for a list of forms available in each version Reports Menu The Reports Menu will not be activated until a company has been entered using the Company 31 menu Reports Electronic Filing Tools Setup Reports Electronic Filing Tools Setup T4 gt T4 gt T4A T4A T5 gt T5 RL 1 gt RL 1 RL 3 RL 3 E Filing History Report E Filing History Report Validate Data Before Filing Federal Validate Data Before Filing Federal Validate Data Before Filing Quebec Validate Data Before Filing Quebec Company Summary E mail Recipient Slips Company Statistics Company Summary More Company Filing Status Company Statistics Reports Menu Lite Basic amp Standard FER Reports Menu Enterprise NOTE Forms have been removed to show only functions unique to each eForms version The Reports Menu is used to prepare the various information slips for printing Clicking on a form will display all 2014 ELM Computer
79. your computer If a multi user network version of eForms is being used the database is normally stored on a network drive so that it can be accessed by other users For best performance we recommend that data files be stored on local or network storage Do not store data on floppy disks as this WILL result in computer instability crashes and data loss Next enter a valid Windows filename If you enter the extension it must be T13N and this will be the default if no extension is entered NOTE We suggest that you do not use the year in the database name Since the 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 4 4 4 5 Working with Databases 45 conversion process 104 creates a 2013 database with the same name as the 2012 database using the year in the name could cause confusion when trying to locate a database in subsequent years Click Save to create the database and exit the Create New Database dialog box The new database will be automatically opened and its name will appear in the title bar of your eForms window If you already have a database open when you choose New Database the current database is automatically closed before the new database is created Once the database has been created you must create a company 537 in order to begin entering data Closing a Database MENU FILE gt CLOSE DATABASE Close the current database by selecting Close Database from the File menu The database or eForms must be closed
80. 0 Status Indian Lump sum payments 148 Lump sum payments RPP not eligible 108 Lump sum payments DPSP not eligible 180 Lump sum pymt non resident services 102 Lump sum pymt unreg d pension ben Lump sum pymt no trans 158 Instalment or annuity pymt under DPSP 115 IAAC annuity 111 Status Indian eligible retiring allowance 142 Status Indian non elig retiring allowance 143 Status Indian other income 144 Instalment annuity under revoked DPSP 115 Board and lodging at special work sites 124 Medical travel 116 Loan benefit under subsection 80 4 2 117 Research Grants 104 Scholarships fellowships or bursaries 105 Type Size Comments amp Examples Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency 161 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 162 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples WAGELOSS Income from wage loss plans 107 Currency DEATHBENEFIT Death benefits 106 Currency MEDBENEFIT Medical Premium benefit 118 Currency DISABILITY Disability benefits 125 Currency GROUPTERMLIFE Group Term Life Insurance Benefit 119 Currency VETERANSBENEFIT
81. 1 eForms requires a current version of Windows eForms can be used on Apply hardware either in Windows installations with Boot Camp or with Parallels 2 Databases created with eForms Basic Standard or Enterprise are interchangeable Databases created by eForms Lite can be Forms transferred to any other version by our staff for a fee 3 T3 Slip amp Summary and RL 16 Slip will be included initially and additional T3 amp RL 16 forms will be included as the season progresses 4 Import from Excel requires Microsoft Excel 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 1 2 1 3 Introduction 15 About ELM Computer Systems Inc ELM Computer Systems Inc was established in 1978 to provide comprehensive Information Technology services to businesses in the Greater Toronto Area Although concentrating on the GTA ELM provides reliable remote support and management solutions to businesses anywhere in Canada Our clients include members of the accounting health legal and transportation industries as well as many others Over the years and through continual training we have acquired expertise in all aspects of business computing amp networking and are experts in custom software design on systems from handheld to desktop computers Because each of our staff members has over 20 years experience we are also able to support older technologies such as MS DOS Novell and other obsolete so
82. 1 amp 4 Indicate first entity is individual type 4 Second recipient last name type 4 Second recipient first name type 4 Second recipient initial type 4 Indicate second entity is individual type 4 Recipient name line 1 type 2 3 4 amp 5 Recipient name line 2 type 2 3 4 amp 5 Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Year Social insurance number Second recipient s social insurance number Recipient type Recipient s NEQ Second recipient s NEQ Recipient s ID number Second recipient s ID number Contractual payments Type Size Comments 8 Examples Text 20 Required type 1 Text 12 Text 1 Yes No Text 20 Text 12 Text 1 Yes No Text 30 Required type 2 3 48 5 Text 30 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 CAN USA etc Text 1 2013 Text 9 Text 9 Text 1 1 Individual 2 Corporation 3 Partnership 4 Holder of a joint account or co recipient of payments 5 Consortium Numeric 10 Numeric 10 Numeric 10 Numeric 10 Currency O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 210 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading SUBSIDIES REPORTCODER27 SERIAL SERIALORIGINAL SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Subsidies Status of slip Relev No of paper slip Relev No of pr
83. 2 Text 1 LASTNAME2 Second beneficiary last name type 1 8 2 Text 30 FIRSTNAME2 Second beneficiary first name type 1 8 2 Text 30 INITIAL2 Second beneficiary initial type 1 amp 2 Text 1 ADDRESS1 Address line 1 Text 30 ADDRESS2 Address line 2 Text 30 CITY City Text 28 PROV Province code Text 2 POSTAL Postal code including space Text 10 COUNTRY Country in address Text 3 CAN USA etc TAXYEAR Tax year Numeric 4 2013 RECIPIENTNUMBER Recipient number Text 20 RECTYPE Recipient type Text 1 1 Individual 2 Joint account 3 Corporation 4 Association trust club or partnership REPORTCODE Status of slip Text 1 R Original A Amended or D Cancelled SIN Beneficiary SIN Text 11 SIN2 Second beneficiary SIN Text 11 CURRENCY Currency code Text 3 CAD USD EUR amp etc DATETRANSACTION Date of transaction Date Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 CODEOFSECURITY Code for type of security Text 3 OBL DRO DEN ACT TIT BON OPE UNI MET DIV CON NUMBEROFSECURITIES Number of securities a 12 digits 4 decimals DESCRIPTIONOFSECURITIES Description of securities Text 60 IDNUMBER Identification number of the values Text 12 FACEVALUE Face value Currency COSTORBOOKVALUE Cost or book value Currency 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 202 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading PROCEEDSOFDISPOSITION CODEOFSECURITYRECEIVED NUMBEROFSECURITIESRECEIVED DESCRIPTIONOFSECURITIESRECEIVED S
84. 2 4 10 T4ANR Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T4ANR Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL NAME NAME2 ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY YEAR RECTYPE SLIPSTATUS BN INCOME TRAVEL TAX REDUCTION SERVICESCITY SERVICESPROV DAYSINCANADA FOREIGNSIN SIN PROFNAME INDUSTRYCLASSCODE COUNTRYRES TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP Description Recipient last name type 1 Recipient first name type 1 Recipient initial type 1 Recipient name line 1 type 3 4 amp 5 Recipient name line 2 type 3 4 amp 5 Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country Taxation Year Recipient Code 11 Status of slip Business Number 13 Income 18 Travel 20 Income tax deducted 22 Reduction authorized 23 City where services rendered Province where services rendered Number of days recipient was in Canada Foreign Social security number 14 Canadian social insurance number 12 Professional name 16 Non resident s service industry Country of Residence Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 USA Numeric 4 2013 Text 1 1 Individual 3
85. 34 56 9 Henstock Hazel H 8 Hettersley Circle Hamilton ON H8H8H8 CAN 890123456 2009 88 008 80 FGH Corporation 8912345 67 2 A common problem when creating an import file is the presence of empty cells beyond the data cells this will cause the import process to report an error condition To correct this problem simply copy and paste your data cells into a new sheet and import from the new sheet COMPANY NAME1 eForms Enterprise Only The COMPANY NAME1 is used exclusively by eForms Enterprise to enable importing data for multiple payers employers companies To use this field simply enter the name of a company already existing in the eForms database for each slip to be imported to that company and the data will be saved to the appropriate company during import COMPANY NAME is a text field that can contain up to 30 characters COMPANY COMPANYTAG eForms Enterprise Only The COMPANY COMPANYTAG heading is used to exclusively by eForms Enterprise to enable importing data for multiple payers employer companies with the same name To use this field simply enter the tag you wish to use to distinguish one company from another with the same name The COMPANY COMPANYTAG heading MUST be used in conjunction with the COMPANY NAME1 heading otherwise data will not be imported COMPANY COMPANYTAG is a text field that can contain up to 30 characters 7 Save and close the Excel spreadsheet NOTE All instances of the import file must be closed before continuing
86. 67 Authorization Code 27 Authorization Code Change 130 B Backup Database 47 Backup Restore Database 47 C CD Filing 102 Change Authorization Code 130 Change Password 130 Check Database Integrity 50 Close Database 45 Codes Country 138 Codes Currency 138 Codes Province State 141 Comany Menu 33 Common Problems 133 Common Recipient Data Fields 65 Company Filing Status 89 Company List Printing 88 Company Name 39 Company Add 39 Company Adjustment Options 55 Company Defaults 120 Company Delete 59 Company Edit 39 Company General Information 54 Company Import File Header 143 Company Merge 104 Company Net Pay 59 Company New 53 Company Reports Selection 75 Company Select 39 53 Company Transfer 104 Company Unlock 60 Comparison 12 Comparison Chart 14 Configure Database 46 Contact Information Global 106 Contribution Rates and Constants 126 Convert Database 45 Country Codes 138 CPP Adjustment Options 56 Create Database 44 Create Slips from Another Slip Type 116 Creating a Company 53 CSV Import from 112 Ctrl A 40 Ctrl D 40 Ctrl P 40 Ctrl PgDn 40 Ctrl PgUp 40 Ctrl S 40 Currency Codes 138 De Data Entry Advanced Tab 67 Data File Security 126 Data Import CSV 112 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Index 213 Data Import Excel 109 Data Import XML 114 Data Field Selection 121 Data Validating 84 Database Integrity 50 Database Close 45 Datab
87. 9 Terminal Services 12 TFSA Import File Header 181 Toolbar 39 Tools Menu 36 TP64 Import File Header 183 Transfer Companies 104 Transfer Over Remittance 58 U Unique Recipient Data Fields 66 Unlocking Companies 60 Updates Installing 22 Updates Receiving 23 User Administration 125 User Database Repair 50 User Information Import Last Year s 115 User Names 28 User Settings 120 User Settings Edit 131 Using eForms 25 Validating Data 84 Version Comparison 14 Versions 12 View Menu 33 Viewer Event 117 W Warranty Information 16 Windows 12 Windows Menu 37 Workstation 19 X XML Import from 114 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 217 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc
88. AR REPORTCODE RECTYPE Description Recipient name line 1 type 3 4 5 Recipient name line 2 type 3 4 5 First recipient last name type 1 amp 2 First recipient first name type 1 8 2 First recipient initial type 1 8 2 Indicate first entity is individual R3 Second recipient last name type 2 Second recipient first name type 2 Second recipient initial type 2 Indicate second entity is individual Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country code Taxation year Report code 21 Recipient type 23 Type Size Comments 8 Examples Text 30 Required type 3 48 5 Text 30 Text 20 Text 12 Text 1 Yes No Text 20 Text 12 Text 1 Yes No Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Numeric 4 2013 Text 1 O Original R A Amended A or C Cancelled D R A or D on filed RL 3s Text 1 1 Individual Required type 1 8 2 O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 173 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples 2 Joint account 3 Corporation 4 Assoc n trust club or partnership 5 Gov t or int l org SIN First recip SIN ID or Business 22 Text 15 SIN2 Second recip SIN ID R3 Text 15 ACTUAL Am t of non eligible dividends 10 Currency ACTUAL_E Am t of eligible dividends 24 Currency INTEREST Interest from Cdn sources 13 D Currency CAPGAINS Capital gains dividends 18
89. ATIC BASIS When to repair a database eForms constantly checks the validity of its files and will report any corruption found This could occur if you had turned off the computer or re booted without exiting eForms or had a power failure If you run out of disk space you may also experience some problems with the data In this case you should increase disk space before proceeding with the database repair If you get an error message about a corrupted database you should use the Repair Database to attempt to correct the damage Before using this tool we recommend that you make a backup copy of your database and ensure that no other users have that database in use Select the Repair Database option from the File menu Choose Yes to select the current database or No to select another If you have chosen to select a database highlight the correct database directory and name from the list of available databases and click Open Confirm the name of database to be repaired You will be prompted to make a backup of the database to be repaired the backup is optional but highly recommended You will be informed when the repair is complete any data that cannot be fixed will be discarded you can then open the database again and continue as usual Repair AvanTax eForms Database 8 w Select the database you wish to repair and click Next Repair Repair the current database AvanTax cashes Repair a selected database Database C Users Peter Rh
90. Account Number and Web Access Code do not serve to identify the entity submitting the XML file Filer identification is contained within the XML file and is taken from the Electronic Filing Page 122 accessed through User Settings 131 under the Setup 31 menu Once you have logged in to the filing site you will be prompted to upload the XML file created by eForms in Step 6 By default eForms saves the XML file in the XML Output folder which can be located by using the DIAGNOSTICS AND FILE LOCATIONS option under the HELP menu in eForms eForms saves all XML files in the following format COMPANY_NAME_xxx XML Where COMPANY_NAME is the name of the company for which the file has been created with all space characters replace by an underscore character xxx is a sequential number applied by eForms to ensure that older files are not overwritten and XML is the file type designator required by CRA If the submission is for multiple companies COMPANY_NAME will be replaced by MULTIPLE_COMPANIES Filing Multiple Returns eForms Standard and Enterprise are able to batch submit returns for multiple companies and multiple return types into a single file which can be no larger than 150Mb contact the CRA if your file exceeds 150Mb Since you are acting as an agent for multiple companies to submit a batch XML file you must use your company s Account Number and Web Access Code to access the CRA website 2014 ELM Computer Systems
91. Adding new slip Press Esc key to cancel Sumame First Initial Social insurance number 12 Address line 1 Employee number Address line 2 Employment code 2 Status O Original City Province J CPP pensionable weeks 52 00 gt Year 2012 Postal code Country Province of employment 10 DData 2 Advanced Entered Adjusted ERRORS AND WARNINGS Employment income 14 0 00 Last name must be entered Employee s CPP contributions 16 0 00 Employee s QPP contributions 17 0 00 Employee s El premiums 18 0 00 RPP contributions 20 0 00 Income tax deducted 22 0 00 El insurable eamings 24 0 00 CPP QPP eamings 26 0 00 Exempt 28 CPP QPP JE E PPIP Do not adjust CicPPparr Jel PPP Union dues 44 0 00 Other Information Charitable donations 46 0 00 Box 1 d 0 00 RPP or DPSP registration no 50 Box 2 j 0 00 Pension adjustment 52 0 00 Box 3 d 0 00 PPIP premiums 55 0 00 Box 4 0 00 PPIP insurable eamings 56 0 00 Box 5 4 an Box 6 J 0 00 Optional text to print on the slip Surname First name Initial Enter the recipient s surname first name and initial in the appropriate field Due electronic filing requirements these fields may be limited to a specific length Some forms such as the T5 and the RL3 will display different recipient name entry fields depending upon whether the recipient is an individual a corporation or otherwise Address line 1 Enter the first line of the recipient s address Due
92. AvanTax eForms 2013 Help amp User s Guide AN D TIMESAVER A ANTAX eFORMS O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc AvanTax eForms 2013 AN D TIMESAVER A ANTAX eFORMS 2 14 2014 O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc All rights reserved AvanTax eForms 2013 Table of Contents Part a BB N Part Il Part Ill a BR OND Foreword 9 Introduction 11 About AvanTax 6FOFMS 22250 a wea nee ee ei eek 11 Requesting System Enhancements sscscesssessseesesseeeseesseeseeeneasseeseneseeseneseesseessesseesseesenesensseeseeeseesseasenesensenes 12 System Requirements ceceeceeeeeeseeeeeneee 12 AvanTax eForms Versions 12 AvanTax eForms Version Comparison ss 14 About ELM Computer Systems INC isniissssnennerenrnnnnnennennnnennnnnennennenss 15 Technical Support 354 555858 te En ce eed td Ren e saa cece nee en E 15 License Agreement RU nn A A 16 Warranty INTtOnmatlon cc sscd2cccciccc sch eccdecchccccceedtacadececteccdgeccscccicaedaucdecahccccdadsSseaceseetecccceesseccnecestecces 16 Installing AvanTax eForms 19 Installing Program Updates nnnnnnnnnnsnnnnennnnnnenennnnnnnnnnes 22 Receiving Updates smrsesssinencsc rsarnenannaastnan ageaaaranatatuneaeeen eme inner anni bas ant Aoa iaaa cmd sages dies bn ane Enaaak adipata 23 Getting Started 25 AvanTax eForms Start to FidiSh oocccccccccnnononcnccnncnncnnncnncnn cnn cnn rn 25 Starting the PrograM i
93. British Virgin Islands CMR Cameroon CAN Canada CYM Cayman Islands CHL Chile CHN China People s Republic of COLA Columbia SUN Commonwealth of Ind States CIV Ivory Coast CYP Cyprus DANK Denmark DOM Dominican Republic EGY Egypt FIN Finland FRA France DEU Germany Federal Republic of GBR United Kingdom incl N Ireland GRC Greece 12 3 2 Currency Codes GRD Grenada GUY Guyana HKG Hong Kong ISL Iceland IND India IDN Indonesia IRL Ireland ISR Israel ITA Italy JAM Jamaica JPN Japan KEN Kenya KOR Korea Republic of South LBN Lebanon BLZ Leeward amp Windward Is amp Belize LBR Liberia LIE Liechtenstein LUX Luxembourg MYS Malaysia MLT Malta MEX Mexico MAR Morocco NLD Netherlands ANT Netherlands Antilles NZL New Zealand NGA Nigeria NOR Norway PAK Pakistan PAN Panama PNG Papua New Guinea PHL Philippines POL Poland PRT Portugal PRI Puerto Rico ROM Romania SAU Saudi Arabia SEN Senegal SYC Seychelles SLE Sierra Leone SGP Singapore ZAF South Africa ESP Spain LKA Sri Lanka SWE Sweden CHE Switzerland TWN Taiwan Republic of China THA Thailand TTO Trinidad and Tobago TUN Tunisia TUR Turkey ARE United Arab Emirates GBR United Kingdom USA United States URY Uruguay VEN Venezuela VIR Virgin Islands US YUG
94. CUSIP or ISIN number 2 The number provided is a CUSIP number 3 The number provided is a 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 177 Heading FACEAMOUNT BOOKVALUE PROCEEDSAMOUNT SETTLEMENTSECURITYCODE SETTLEMENTSECURITYQUANTITY SETTLEMENTSECURITYID SETTLEMENTISIN SETTLEMENTISININDICATOR EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG TEXTATTOP Description Face amount dollars only Cost or book value dollars only Proceeds of disposition or settlement amount dollars only Type code of securities received on settlement Quantity of securities received on settlement Identification of securities received on settlement ISIN CUISP settlement number ISIN CUSIP settlement number indicator Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Optional text to print at top of slip Type Size Comments amp Examples ISIN number Currency Dollars only no cents Currency Dollars only no cents Currency Dollars only no cents Text 3 BON BO1 DOB DO1 FUT MET MFT MSC OPC PTI RTS SHS UNT WTS Numeric 10 digits 4 decimals 14 Text 60 Text 12 Numeric 1 1 The securities are not identified by a CUSIP or ISIN number 2 The number provided is a CUSIP number 3 The number provided is a ISIN number Text 255 eForms Enterprise only Yes No eForms Enterprise only
95. Company Specify the company within which to create the new slips from slips already existing within that company Type of slips to copy from Use the drop down box to select the type of already existing slip containing the data to be copied Type of slips to create Use the drop down box to select the type of slip to create from the existing data Slips to be Copied Use the Select All button to select all slips of the type to be copied or select slips individually You can use the Clear All button to clear your selection and start over Once the correct slips have been selected you can use the Create Slips button to create the new slips from the selected slips Event Viewer MENU TOOLS gt EVENT VIEWER Refer to the Event Viewer 50 section for information on this topic Find Database MENU TOOLS gt FIND DATABASE 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 118 AvanTax eForms 2013 us Start Page VS Find Databases Xx T12N _ Cancel _ He Progress P Demo T12N Open Folder Open Database reel T5013 Dev Copy T12N y C Searching through C Users All Users Microsoft SL DL2 SoftwareLicensing Searching The Find Database tool is used to find an eForms database from the current or previous years when its definite location is no longer known The year of the database being located is displayed as T at the top left of the Find Database screen eForms databases are in the forma
96. Current company DEMO E EA GS Start Page 43 T4 JUS TA Summary You can switch between forms by clicking on the tab of the desired form To view multiple forms side by side click and drag the tab of one form towards the centre of the eForms window The following image will appear EJ Pa Jeb Continue dragging the form to the arrows as the tab is dragged to any one of the arrows the portion of the screen where the form will be displayed will be highlighted Release the mouse to display the form in that area The following image shows the result of dragging the T4 summary to the right side of the screen File Edit View Company Forms Tools Setup Reports Electronic Filing Windows Help Current company DEMO 7o E Sia ud Start Page wT YX E Ta Summary YX Evi T4 Statement of Remuneration Paid _GotoT4a EE T4 Summary summary of Remuneration Paid DEMO DEMO Forms can be moved as desired once the screen has been split by clicking on the tab for the form and dragging it to the desired location The screen can be split further to accommodate additional forms as needed Multiple forms can be opened within any split see example above where tabs for the Start Page and a T4 slip are displayed on the left while a T4 summary is displayed on the right Closing the last tab in any split will return eForms to full screen mode 3 10 Entering Data The data entry screen for each form in eForm
97. EAR INCOME CPP QPP El RPP TAX EIEARN CPPEARN CPPEXEMPT Description Employee last name Employee first name Employee initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country code Social insurance number 12 Province of employment 10 Employee number reference number Employment code 29 Weeks eligible for CPP Status of slip Taxation year Employment income 14 CPP contributions 16 QPP contributions 17 B El premiums 18 C Reg Pension plan contr 20 Federal income tax deducted 22 El insurable earnings 24 CPP pensionable earnings 26 CPP exempt 28 Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Required Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Text 9 Text 2 QC forces creation of RL 1 Text 20 Text 2 Numeric 4 2 digits 2 decimals 52 00 52 5 etc Text 1 O Original A Amended or C Cancelled R A or D will be shown on filed RL 1s Numeric 4 2013 Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency EIEARN amp CPPEARN will Currency default to 0 00 if no data is imported marked as overridden fields on the T4 and will not be recalculated as Box 14 is modified Yes No 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 158 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading EIEXEMPT PPIPEXEMPT NOCPPADJUST NOEIADJUST NOPPIPADJUST UNION CHARITABLE PENSIONNO PENS
98. ERIAL SERIALORIGINAL SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Proceeds of disposition or settlement amounts Code for type of security received in exchange Number of securities received in exchange Description of securities received in exchange Relev number of paper slip Relev number of previously filed paper slip user entered Relev number of XML slip Relev number of previously filed XML slip Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Generic boxes where is two numerals 01 to 04 XBOX XAMT XTXT Additional Information Box Box number Additional Information Box Currency data Type Size Comments amp Examples Currency Text 3 OBL DRO DEN ACT TIT BON OPE UNI MET DIV CON Numeric 9 digits 4 decimals 13 Text 60 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Text 15 Text 255 eForms Enterprise only Yes No eForms Enterprise only Text 35 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Text 7 Currency Additional Information Box Character Text 20 data 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 203 12 4 32 RL 22 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise On
99. Enterprise only Yes No eForms Enterprise only Text 35 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Text 2 Numeric 1 0 Yes No No Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Must contain data Currency Currency 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices Heading OTHERTBR1 COMMISSIONS CHARITABLER1 OTHERINC INSURANCE DEFERRED INDIANINC TIPS TIPSALLOCATED PHASEDRETIRE HOUSING AUTOR1 FNOTE1R1 FNOTE2R1 FNOTESR1 NETPAYOTHERR1 SERIAL SERIALORIGINAL SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS TEXTATTOPR1 Description Other taxable benefits L Employment commissions M Charitable donations N Other taxable income O Multi employer insurance P Deferred salary Q Exempt income for an Indian R Tips received S Tips allocated T Phased retirement U Meals and accommodation V Personal use of auto W Footnote 1 Footnote 2 Footnote 3 Other deductions from Net Pay Relev number of paper slip Relev number of previously filed paper slip user entered Relev number of XML slip Relev number of previously filed XML slip Optional text to print at top of slip Generic boxes where is two numerals 01 to 04 XBOX XAMT XTXT Additional Information Box Box number Additional Information Box Currency data Type Size Comments amp Examples Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency
100. File Validation Report Only Click this button to validate the selected data and correct any critical or warning errors This option only validates the selected data it will not create an XML file Note Data validation errors found using XML File and Validation Report and Validation Report Only that would result in a rejection of your submission will be listed in a Critical Error report and must be corrected before eForms will generate an XML file Errors that should be corrected but will not invalidate the submission if they are ignored are displayed in a Data Validation Warnings report Validation Options This section is hidden by default but can be displayed by clicking on Validation Options at the bottom of the 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 94 AvanTax eForms 2013 screen In this section you can e adjust the number of Critical and Warning messages displayed the default is 20 e set whether or not to show errors in the XML schema this option is often useful when diagnosing Critical errors e determine whether or not to display Warning messages since they do not materially impact on the acceptability of a submission XML File and Validation Report Clicking this button will cause eForms to validate the selected data display any applicable critical or warning messages and create the XML file if no critical errors were found Note If you are preparing an electronic file including unadjusted T4 and or RL 1 da
101. ION PPIP PPIPEARN Description El exempt 28 PPIP exempt 28 Do not adjust CPP Do not adjust El Do not adjust PPIP Union dues 44 Charitable donations 46 RPP DPSP number 50 Pension adjustment 52 PPIP premiums 55 H PPIP earnings 56 Generic boxes where is one numeral 1 to 6 OTHERCODE OTHERAMT NETPAYOTHER TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Other information Box code Other information Box amount Other deductions from Net Pay Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag ADDITIONAL HEADINGS FOR RL 1 FIELDS CODEBOXOR1 IDNOQ ISBUSINESS INCOMER1 RPPR1 TAXR1 UNIONR1 QPPEARN HEALTHR1 TRAVELR1 Code for Box O Recipient Quebec identification number Recipient is business Employment income A Box B See QPP in T4 section above Box C See El in T4 section above Reg Pension plan contr D Qu bec income tax deducted E Union dues F QPP pensionable earnings G Box H See PPIP in T4 section above Box l See PPIP in T4 section above Private health insurance J Travel K Type Size Comments amp Examples Yes No Yes No Yes No No Yes No No Yes No No Currency Currency Text 7 Currency Currency Currency Text 2 Currency Currency For net pay calc Text 15 Text 255 eForms
102. LASTNAME2 Second beneficiary last name type 2 Text 30 FIRSTNAME2 Second beneficiary first name type 2 Text 30 INITIAL2 Second beneficiary initial type 2 Text 1 ADDRESS1 Address line 1 Text 30 ADDRESS2 Address line 2 Text 30 CITY City Text 28 PROV Province code Text 2 POSTAL Postal code including space Text 10 COUNTRY Country in address Text 3 CAN USA etc BENEFICIARYNUM Employer assigned number Text 20 TRANSIT Bank transit number Text 10 RECTYPE Recipient type 23 Text 1 1 Individual 2 Joint account 3 Corporation 4 Association trust club or partnership 5 Government or international org 6 Spouse of trust settlor or spouse REPORTCODE Status of slip Text 1 R Original A Amended or D Cancelled SIN2 Second beneficiary SIN Text 9 ACTUALDIVIDENDS Non Eligible Dividend amount Currency ACTUALDIVIDENDS_E Eligible Dividend amount Currency CAPGAINS Total net Capital Gains Currency CAPGAINSEXEMPTION Farm or small business capital gains Currency OTHER QPP and other amounts Currency CANCELLED Amounts cancelled Currency FOREIGNTAX Income tax paid to a foreign government Currency QUEBECTAX Qu bec income tax withheld Currency 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 208 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples NAMESPRINCIPAL Principal person who established trust Text 25 deed SIN First beneficiary SIN Text 9 SERIAL Relev number of paper slip Numeric 9
103. NEW COMPANY You can enter as many companies as necessary in each eForms Basic Standard or Enterprise database eForms Lite is limited to 5 companies To create a company select New Company from the Company menu Enter the company name in the space provided and press the OK button If the company name already exists in the current database you will be asked to confirm the new company name Once you have entered a name for the company you will be taken to the Company Setup 541 screen to enter the remainder of the company data you can use the Company Tag field on this screen to differentiate between companies with the same name Select Company MENU COMPANY gt SELECT COMPANY To select or switch to another company choose Select Company from the Company menu A list of all the companies in the current database will appear Highlight the desired company and press Select or double click on the company name Click on the thumbtack to keep the company list open for ease of switching between companies La AvanTax eForms 2013 Test DB File Edit View Company Forms Reports Electronic Filing Tools Setup Windows Help Current company Demo ne EA ES E x al Companies BX Start Page x Demo n Demo Company PK ma AYANTAX Exc 4 Getting Started Database Activities Create a new database Current database information Configure current database Configure current database Ed
104. No No de selects option Q9DYES Q 9 Pay cell phone Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q9DNO Q 9 Pay cell phone No Yes No No de selects option Q9EYES Q 9 Repay Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q9ENO Q 9 Repay No Yes No No de selects option 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 151 Heading Q9AMT1 Q9TYPE1 Q9INCLUDED1YES Q9INCLUDED1NO Q9AMT2 Q9TYPE2 Q9INCLUDED2YES Q9INCLUDED2NO Q9AMT3 Q9TYPE3 Q9INCLUDED3YES Q9INCLUDED3NO Q10AYES Q10ANO Q10PERCENTAGE Q10BYES Q10BNO Q10CYES Q10CNO Q10AMT1 Q10TYPE1 Q10INCLUDED1YES Q10INCLUDED1NO Q10AMT2 Q10TYPE2 Q10INCLUDED2YES Q10INCLUDED2NO Q10AMT3 Q10TYPE3 Q10INCLUDED3YES Q10INCLUDED3NO Q11AYES Q11ANO Q11BYES Q11BNO Q11CYES Q11CNO Q12AYES Description 2000000000 VO DDD DDDDDDDDDDDODDDDD DDD HD 0090 0090 9 Expense Amount Line 1 Expense Type Line 1 Expense Incl T4 Line 1 Yes Expense Incl T4 Line 1 No Expense Amount Line 2 Expense Incl T4 Line 2 Yes Expense Incl T4 Line 2 No 9 9 9 9 9 Expense Type Line 2 9 9 9 Expense Amount Line 3 9 Expense Type Line 3 9 Expense Incl T4 Line 3 Yes 9 Expense Incl T4 Line 3 No 10 Use Portion Yes 10 Use Portion No 10 Percentage of Workday 10 Exclusive Yes 10 Exclusive No 10 Repay Yes 10 Repay No 10 Expense Amount Line 1 10 Expense Type Line 1
105. O CLOSEDDATE CALENDARYEARENDFAIRMARKETVALUE NEWACCOUNTTHSIYEAR NEWACCOUNTTHISYEARNO IDENTINACTIVE TRANSACTIONDATE CONTRIBUTIONAMOUNT WITHDRAWALAMOUNT FORMERSPOUSELASTNAME FORMERSPOUSEFIRSTNAME FORMERSPOUSESIN MARRIAGEBREAKDOWNTRANSFEROUT MARRIAGEBREAKDOWNTRANSFERIN ACUISITIONOFNONQUALIFIED Description Contract number Status of slip Employee last name Employee first name Employee initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country code Social insurance number 12 TFSA holder birthdate Account closed this year Yes Account closed this year No TFSA closed date Calendar year end fair market value New TFSA account this year for holder Yes New TFSA account this year for holder No No transactions for this identity Transaction date Contribution amount Withdrawal amount Surname of former spouse First name of former spouse SIN of former spouse Marriage breakdown transfer out fair market value Marriage breakdown transfer in fair market value Type Size Comments 8 Examples Text 30 Text 1 Text 30 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Text 9 Date Yes No Yes No Date Currency Yes No Yes No Yes No Date Currency Currency Text 30 Text 30 Text 11 Currency Currency Acquisition of non qualified investment fair Currency market value O Original A Amended or C Cancelle
106. OX Additional Information Box Box Text 7 number XTXT Additional information Box Character Text 20 data XAMT Additional information Box Currency Currency data SERIAL Relev number of paper slip Numeric 9 SERIALORIGINAL Relev number of previously filed paper Numeric 9 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 196 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description slip user entered Relev number of XML slip Relev number of previously filed XML slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Comments amp Examples Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Text 255 eForms Enterprise only Yes No eForms Enterprise only Text 35 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 197 12 4 29 RL 16 Headings eForms Enterprise only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R16 Heading Description Type Size Comments Examples and defaults NAME1 Recipient name line 1 type 3 4 amp 5 Text 30 NAME2 Recipient name line 2 type 3 4 amp 5 Text 30 LASTNAME1 First recipient last name type 1 amp 2 Text 20 FIRSTNAME1 First recipient first name type 1
107. Options Select method of submission intemet M Select status of slips to be Origi Enero 0 Original E Only process slips selected for special efiling on the Advanced tab Step 5 Prepare and Validate Submission File XML Fle and Velo Repot Validation Report Only The Validation Report Federal shown as an example will be run automatically when you process returns for electronic filing or it can be run at any time by selecting Validate Data Before Filing from the Reports menu The validation procedure will identify any missing or invalid data and allow you opportunity to correct the data before transmitting it Select either the Federal or Quebec validation report as required the only difference being the forms referenced Refer to the section Company Selection 75 for details on selecting companies to include in this report Select the company or companies and the type of return s to be validated Select Validation report only to run the validation report on its own or select a filing method to both validate and create the electronic filing submission at the same time If the data fails the validation procedure the filing will be aborted See Electronic Filing Preparation 22 for further information regarding the settings in this window Once you click on Process the Validation Report will be generated The Critical Errors list shows missing or invalid data that will cause the data submission to be
108. Postal code including space Country in address Year Social insurance number Number assigned to payer Surname child 1 First name child 1 Date of birth child 1 Number of days of care child 1 Number of weeks at camp child 1 Total expenses paid child 1 Expenses no tax credit child 1 Expenses with tax credit child 1 Surname child 2 First name child 2 Date of birth child 2 Number of days of care child 2 Number of weeks at camp child 2 Total expenses paid child 2 Expenses no tax credit child 2 Expenses with tax credit child 2 Surname child 3 First name child 3 Date of birth child 3 Number of days of care child 3 Number of weeks at camp child 3 Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Required Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 CAN USA etc Text 1 2013 Text 9 Text 20 Text 30 Text 30 Date Mmm dd yyyy Numeric 3 Numeric 2 Currency Currency Currency Text 30 Text 30 Date Mmm dd yyyy Numeric 3 Numeric 2 Currency Currency Currency Text 30 Text 30 Date Mmm dd yyyy Numeric 3 Numeric 2 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 206 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading TOTALEXPENSES3 EXPENSESNOTQUALIFY3 EXPENSESQUALIFY3 REPORTCODE SERIAL SERIALORIGINAL SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG
109. QPIP PPIP Insurable Earnings have not been entered Option Adjust insurable earnings based on QPIP PPIP deducted select only one of options H and I This option assumes the entered amount for QPIP PPIP deducted is correct When this option is selected QPIP PPIP insurable earnings will be calculated as the minimum of QPIP PPIP deducted 0 559 OR 67 500 00 OR Employment income Transfer Over Remittance Transfer employer s over remittance to employee with the following S I N When adjustments reduce total deductions for the company the employer s portion of the over remittance may be transferred to the tax of an owner or shareholder When a SIN is entered in this field any net overpayment of CPP QPP El and PPIP QPIP resulting from adjustments calculated by the program will be credited to the tax deducted on the T4 of the recipient with this SIN This adjustment will be reflected in the adjusted tax on the adjustment reports for the particular recipient Increase the gross pay of above employee by the amount of over remittance If an over remittance is created by the adjustments and the over remittance is being transferred to a specific recipient you may also increase the gross pay for the recipient in order to keep the net pay at the same level If this option is chosen and the transferee s CPP QPP is under the maximum deduction for the year the CPP QPP will NOT be adjusted again for this underpayment Other Ad
110. RL 25 RL 27 amp TP 64 3 V 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 12 AvanTax eForms 2013 1 1 1 1 1 2 Requesting System Enhancements We highly value your suggestions in fact many of the forms and features now available in eForms are the result of suggestions made by our clients For over 25 years your comments suggestions and requests have helped us to continually improve eForms T4 TimeSaver THANK YOU You have helped to make eForms what it is today No matter how long you ve been using eForms if you have an idea that you think should be added to eForms please call or send us an email or send us an email in Quebec and tell us about it we d love to hear from you While we do not guarantee that we will include all suggested improvements into the eForms we promise you that we will give each suggestion our careful consideration To all of you who have provided suggestions over the years Thank you for helping us to make eForms the finest information slip preparation software available in Canada System Requirements Operating System Requirements Windows eForms will run on any current Windows version 32 bit or 64 bit with NET Framework 2 0 installed For users of older versions of Windows that are no longer supported by Microsoft we cannot guarantee all features of eForms will work and we may be unable to resolve any problems you encounter while using them Apple eForms will run on current Windows versions on M
111. ROV POSTAL COUNTRY SLIPSTATUS RECTYPE SIN RECIPIENTACCOUNTNUMBER CURRENCY DATE SECURITYCODE SECURITYQUANTITY SECURITYID ISIN ISININDICATOR Description Recipient name line 1 type 3 amp 4 Recipient name line 2 type 3 amp 4 First recipient last name type 1 amp 2 First recipient first name type 1 8 2 First recipient initial type 1 8 2 Second recipient last name type 2 Second recipient first name type 2 Second recipient initial type 2 Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country code Report code Recipient type First recipient SIN ID or Business Recipient account number Foreign currency Date Type code of securities Quantity of securities Identification of securities ISIN CUISP number ISIN indicator Type Size Comments 8 Examples Text 30 Text 12 Text 20 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Text 1 O Original A Amended or C Cancelled Text 1 1 Individual 2 Joint account 3 Corporation 4 Association trust club or partnership Required type 3 amp 4 Required type 1 8 2 Text 17 Text 12 Currency Date Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 Text 3 BON BO1 DOB DO1 FUT MET MFT MSC OPC PTI RTS SHS UNT WTS Numeric 10 digits 4 decimals 14 Text 60 Text 12 Numeric 1 1 The securities are not identified by a
112. Refer to Using Sequence Numbers Relev Numbers on RL Slips 7 for further information Filing on CD or DVD eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only When the CD or DVD option is selected as the destination for the Electronic Filing submission you will be prompted to enter the Submission Sequence Number This is a number from 1 to 999 that will identify the sequence of submissions that you submit to the CRA as a transmitter Regardless of your client enter 1 for your first submission 2 for your second etc The number you enter will be included in the filename so CRA will know that it is a unique submission Enter the appropriate number as requested and click the OK button If you enter a duplicate number you will be warned that the filename already exists and given the opportunity to keep the sequence number you have entered and overwrite the existing file if you did not submit the original and are re doing the submission or to change the sequence number if the sequence number was entered incorrectly You will then be given the path and filename of the file to be sent to CRA Make careful note of this information View XML File in Browser Click this button to see the file that will be sent to CRA Print Company List This company list can be used to track which companies have been filed on which submission Keep this for your own records there is no need to send a copy to CRA with your submission Creating the submission CD or DVD If
113. SERIALORIGINAL Relev number of previously filed paper Numeric 9 slip user entered SERIALMM Relev number of XML slip Numeric 9 SERIALMMPREVIOUS on number of previously filed XML Numeric 9 slip TEXTATTOP Optional text to print at top of slip Text 15 EMAILADDRESS Recipient email address Text 255 eForms Enterprise only OKTOEMAILSLIP Permission granted to email slip Yes No eForms Enterprise only COMPANY NAME Company associated with slip Text 35 eForms Enterprise only COMPANY COMPANYTAG Tag associated with company name Text 10 eForms Enterprise only SLIPTAG Subset tag Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Generic boxes where is two numerals 01 to 04 XBOX Additional Information Box Box Text 7 number XAMT Additional information Box Currency Currency data XTXT aile information Box Character Text 20 ata 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 209 12 4 35 RL 27 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R27 Heading LASTNAME1 FIRSTNAME1 INITIAL1 FIRSTINDIVIDUAL LASTNAME2 FIRSTNAME2 INITIAL2 SECONDINDIVIDUAL NAME1 NAME2 ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY TAXYEAR SIN SIN2 RECTYPER27 NEQR27 NEQ2R27 REFNO REFNO2 PAYMENTS Description First recipient last name type 1 amp 4 First recipient first name type 1 amp 4 First recipient initial type
114. SION Single pension payment Currency ACTUAL_E Actual amount of eligible dividends Currency ACTUAL Actual amount of ordinary dividends Currency ENTITLEMENTPENSION Pension payment giving entitlement toa Currency tax credit FOREIGNINCOME_BUS Foreign business income Currency FOREIGNINCOME_NONBUS Foreign non business income Currency OTHER Other income Currency ENTITLEMENTCAPITALGAIN Capital gains giving entitlement to a Currency deduction CREDIT Dividend tax credit Currency FOREIGNINCOMETAX_BUS Foreign income tax on business income Currency FOREIGNINCOMETAX_NONBUS Foreign income tax on non business Currency income COSTBASEADJUSTMENT Cost base adjustment of capital interest Currency CONSOLIDATIONCODE Consolidation Indicator Text 1 Blank C CURRENCYCODE Currency Code Text 3 SERIAL Relev number of paper slip Numeric 9 SERIALORIGINAL Relev number of previously filed paper Numeric 9 slip user entered SERIALMM Relev number of XML slip Numeric 9 SERIALMMPREVIOUS a number of previously filed XML Numeric 9 slip COMPANY NAME1 Company associated with slip Text 35 eForms Enterprise only COMPANY COMPANYTAG Tag associated with company name Text 10 eForms Enterprise only SLIPTAG Subset tag Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Generic boxes where is two numerals 01 to 04 XBOX Additional Information Box Box Text 7 number XAMT Additional Information Box Currency Currency data XTXT Additional Information Box Character Text 20
115. Select O R on RQ information slips for original A for amended or C D on RQ information slips for cancelled This will also permit the slip to be included or excluded appropriately when the Original slips only Amended slips only or Cancelled slips only options are chosen when creating reports Optional Text to Print on the Slip Information entered here to a maximum of 15 characters will be printed at the top of the slip This is for internal information you may wish to record on the slip and is not required by either CRA or RQ 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Entering Recipient Payee Information 67 6 6 1 6 6 2 Go To Summary Button Click on this button to display the summary for the current employer The data entry screen for the current slip will remain available via a tab beneath the toolbar Advanced Tab AvanTax eForms Enterprise Only 2 Advanced Features available in Enterprise version only Information for emailing slips Note Information slips can be distributed electronically for example by email if you have received the employee s consent Email address Recipient consent v Recipient consents to receive electronic copy of slip Filename of slip pdf file Email delivery status Special electronic filing Check to select this slip for special electronic filing Subset tag for this slip In eForms Enterprise you will see an Advanced
116. Settings 13 Language Used to select either English or French as the language of choice Items that are greyed out are not available because i The function is not supported by the installed eForms version ii The function is not required by the current form iii A database has not been opened or iv No data has been entered 3 5 11 Windows Menu Windows Help Close All 1 Start Page 2 Company 3 T4 RL 1 From the Windows Menu the user can see all windows currently open in eForms and switch between them The currently active window will be indicated by a check mark and any window can be chosen by clicking on it Close All Closes all currently open windows in eForms leaving eForms running Used when functions such as database repair ask to close all open windows 3 5 12 Help Menu The internal help system can be accessed from the Help menu or by pressing the F1 key Selecting Contents or Search opens the help system to the Contents or Search tabs respectively As a registered user of the 2013 version of eForms you are entitled to contact us for technical assistance at no additional cost Since we are also highly qualified IT specialists we will be able to help you resolve any problem you may have Please refer to the Technical Support 151 section for our contact information 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 38 AvanTax eForms 2013 Help AvanTax eForms User Guide HTML Ctri F1 AvanTax eF
117. Start Page ud Diagnostics Xxx Basic Information Product Name AvanTax eForms 2012 Enterprise version Authorization Code 00001T086 Screen Resolution 1680 X 1050 Change Code Screen DPI 96 Release Release 2012 1 1 110 created 8 24 2012 Current Usemame ADMIN Windows Version Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate System Information To ensure proper program operation users must have read wnte modity access to all folders listed below Folder Status Summary Database Folders 1 Curent Database C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents AvanTax eForms 2012 Data Demo T12N FalderOK 2 Recent Databases C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents AvanTax eForms 2012 Data v Folder OK System Folders se where your files are saved here 3 Defaut Data C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents AvanTax eForms 2012 Data Eat Folder OK Allow users to set their own Default Data folder 4 Backups C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents AvanTax eForms 2012 Backups Eat Folder OK Allow users to set their own Backups folder ay XML Output C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents AvanTax eForms 2012 XML Outpu Eat Folder OK _ Allow users to set their own XML Output folder 6 PDFOwpu C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents Avan Tax eFoms 2012 PDF Outpu Edt Fot rOX Z Alow users to set their own PDF Output folder Bs User Settings C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents AvanTax eForms 2012 User Settin Eat Folder OK 8
118. Systems Inc 48 AvanTax eForms 2013 Backup 8 w Please select a folder and a file name for the backup Folder C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents T4 TimeSaver 2011 Backups um AvanTax eForms Data tories File Name Demo_ 2011_10_03_07 50 04 ZIP y Use maximum E Password Confirm password a The following database will be backed up C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents T4 TimeSaver NET 2011 Data Demo T11N Finish Cancel Folder Enter the name of the folder where you wish to save the backup file This folder can be on any storage media accessible to the computer running eForms including external and removable storage devices File Name Enter the name you wish to use for the backup file This name does not need to have any association with the name of your database or company it is simply a name that will allow you to quickly sort through backup files and pick the appropriate file to restore see below We do recommend including the date in the file name so it will be easier to select a backup file from a specific point in time when performing a restore The combination of your selected folder and file name is displayed in the lower left corner of the backup dialogue Password Confirm Password You may optionally secure the backup file by creating a password Enter the password if desired in the Password field and confirm the password in the Confirm Password field Passwords can be
119. Systems Inc Getting Started 35 3 5 8 reports available for that form E Filing History Report Opens the Electronic Filing History Report amp to show return types that have been electronically filed Validate Data Before Filing Federal Opens the Validation Report s to check CRA form data for errors Validate Data Before Filing Quebec Opens the Validation Report 81 to check RQ form data for errors E mail Recipient Slips Enterprise Email recipient copies to recipient s email address Company Summary Basic Standard amp Enterprise Validates data against the CRA schema prior to electronic filing Company Filing Status Enterprise Opens the Filing Status window by which the filing status of information returns for any company can be reported Company Statistics Reports the number of companies slips of each type per company and the average number of slips per company More Select this item to display the Configure Database dialogue which will allow you to enable amp disable forms within the current database Forms available from the Reports Menu are dependant on the version of eForms that has been installed refer to About eForms 111 for a list of forms available in each version Electronic Filing Menu The Electronic Filing Menu will not be activated until a company has been entered using the Company 33 menu Electronic Filing Tools Setup Canada Revenue Agency Revenu Qu b
120. TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Recipient last name Recipient first name Recipient initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Social insurance number 12 Status of slip Year Workers compensation benefits 10 Social assistance payments or provincial or territorial supplements 11 Manitoba credit fraction Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Text 30 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Text 15 Text 1 Numeric 4 Currency Currency Numeric Text 15 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 Comments amp Examples Required CAN USA etc O Original A Amended or C Cancelled 2013 Percentage 50 50 eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 176 AvanTax eForms 2013 12 4 18 T5008 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T5008 Heading NAME1 NAME2 LASTNAME1 FIRSTNAME1 INITIAL1 LASTNAME2 FIRSTNAME2 INITIAL2 ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY P
121. TRIBUTED Capital contribution during period Sch 50 Currency box 330 DRAWINGS Withdrawals in the fiscal period Sch 50 Currency Must be a negative number box 340 OTHERADJUSTMENTS Other Adjustments Sch 50 box 350 Currency PARTNERSHARENETINCOME Partner s share of the fiscal period s net income Currency Sch 50 box 410 PARTNERSHARERESOURCEEXPENSES Partner s share of the fiscal period s resource Currency expenses Sch 50 box 420 NONARMSLENGTHDEBT Non arm s length debt owing and or benefits Currency receivable Sch 50 box 430 TEXTATTOP Optional text to print on the slip Text 20 EMAILADDRESS Recipient email address Text 255 eForms Enterprise only OKTOEMAILSLIP Permission granted to email slip Yes No eForms Enterprise only COMPANY NAME1 Company associated with slip Text 35 eForms Enterprise only COMPANY COMPANYTAG Tag associated with company name Text 10 eForms Enterprise only SLIPTAG Subset tag Text 10 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 180 AvanTax eForms 2013 12 4 20 T5018 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T5018 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples NAME First line of Corporation or Partnership Text 30 Type 3 or 4 Required name NAME2 Second line of Corporation or Partnership Text 30 Type 3 or 4 name LASTNAME Recipient last name individual Text 30 Type 1 Requ
122. Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Text 1 Numeric 4 Text 15 Text 15 Currency Text 12 Currency Currency Currency Currency Yes No Currency Date Currency Currency Text 15 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 Comments amp Examples Required CAN USA etc O Original A Amended or C Cancelled 2013 Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 169 12 4 14 T4RSP Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T4RSP Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SLIPSTATUS YEAR SIN SPOUSESSIN CONTRIBUTORSPOUSE CONTRIBUTORSPOUSENO CONTRACT ANNUITY REFUNDPREMIUMS REFUNDEXCESS COMMUTATION LLPWITHDRAWAL DEREGISTRATION OTHERINCOME INCOMETAX DEATH HBPWITHDRAWAL TRANSFERS TAXPAID TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 Description Recipient last name Recipient first name Recipient initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Status of slip Year Social insurance number 12 Spouse s social insurance number 36 Yes if spouse is a contributor 24 No if spouse
123. Veteran s benefits 127 Currency APPRENTICESHIPINCENTIVE Apprenticeship Incentive Grant 130 Currency TAXDEFPATDIVIDENDS Tax deferred patronage dividends 129 Currency RPPPRE1990 RPP pre 1990 past service 126 Currency REGISTEREDDISABILITY Registered disability savings plan 131 Currency WAGEEARNERPROTECTION Wage earner protection program 132 Currency VARIABLEPENSION Variable pension benefits 133 Currency TFSATAXAMOUNT TFSA taxable amount Currency PARENTSMURDEREDCHILDREN _ Federal support for parents of missing or murdered Currency GRANT children 136 NONCONTRIBUTORRPPPASTSE Non contributor RPP past service pre 19990 Currency RVICE contributions 162 PRPPPAYMENTSTAXABLE Ae payments from taxable income Currency PRPPPAYMENTSEXEMPT Aes payments from exempt income Currency SASKPENSIONPLANSPOUSALCONT Saskatchewan Pension Plan spousal Text 1 RIBUTORIND contributor indicator SASKPENSIONPLANSPOUSALCONT Saskatchewan Pension Plan contributor Numeric 9 RIBUTORSIN SIN TEXTATTOP Optional text to print at top of slip Text 15 EMAILADDRESS Recipient email address Text 255 eForms Enterprise only OKTOEMAILSLIP Permission granted to email slip Yes No eForms Enterprise only COMPANY NAME1 Company associated with slip Text 35 eForms Enterprise only COMPANY COMPANYTAG Tag associated with company name Text 10 eForms Enterprise only SLIPTAG Subset tag Text 10 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 163 1
124. XE application NETNODE EXE will be located in the program directory where eForms has been installed after completion an icon for eForms will be placed on the desktop Take the Terminal Server out of program installation mode Use a Terminal Server account with administrator credentials to run eForms for the first time Each user can now start eForms by double clicking on the eForms icon on their own desktop some initialization will take place the first time eForms is run for each user ROD NO 4 Databases Whether your computers have a Workstation Installation a Network Administrator Installation or both any eForms databases created by one installation can be opened by the other The only caveat to this is that all eForms installations accessing a given database must be at the same revision level you can see the revision of any eForms installation by selecting About from the Help menu Installing Program Updates Updated versions of eForms may be released in response to user requests program enhancements or bug fixes Your software license entitles you to download and install these updates at no additional cost Refer to the section Receiving Updates 2 for details on how to obtain updates to eForms Each update contains the full eForms installation package and is installed per the installation instructions 1 Existing data will not be overwritten we encourage you to have a reliable backup prior to installing updates and all u
125. XP dependant upon the logon credentials were used for installation and on Windows Vista and Windows 7 because of UAC User Account Control To prevent either user credentials or UAC from interfering with the NETNODE installation follow these steps 1 Open the folder containing the eForms Network Administrator installation and right click on NETNODE EXE 2 From the menu choose the option to Run as administrator and supply the administrator password if requested 3 NETNODE installation will begin 9 eForms says that the database is the wrong type or format This indicates that eForms is attempting to open a file other than a eForms database use the steps below to resolve the problem 1 Open Windows Explorer by holding down the Windows Key while also pressing the letter E 2 Browse to the location of your eForms database 2013 database names will end with T13N 3 Double click on the database to start eForms and open the database 10 When importing from Excel get a message indicating that some data is invalid or some cells contain data in the wrong format There are typically two causes for this error 1 The data is actually invalid Review the data at the location indicated by the import for errors and correct as necessary 2 The Excel sheet being imported contains empty cells To determine whether or not this is the case do the following e Open the Excel sheet e Select cell A1 e Press CTRL END e f the cursor
126. Y T5008 ZR Options Z T4AP Y 15013 7 Ri A p ZI T4ARCA fy T5018 Orientation Portrait x Z T4Ps Y TFSA Z TARIF Y Ri FIRE Letter Z TARSP R2 gt a i Marais Nome y Refer to the section Company Selection 751 for details on selecting companies to include in this report Refer to the section Layout Options 1 for details on configuring the layout of the report Refer to the section Printing Options 771 for details on Quick Print Preview amp Print and other options Returns to be Included Select the return s to include in the report Use Select All to select all returns or Clear All to deselect all returns Dates to be Included Select the date range to be included in the report 8 7 Validating Data Before Filing MENU REPORTS gt VALIDATE DATA BEFORE FILING FEDERAL or QUEBEC 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Producing Returns amp Reports 85 WE Start Page ll Validate Data x Step 1 Select Companies to File 7 Demo Demo Select Curent Company E Test Company Fiing Status Fiter ClearAl User Defined Groups Save Rename List Smee Daae E Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected lt Less Step 2 Select Returns to File E NR4 E T4 E TARIF E T1204 E T5018 E RRSP E T4A E TARSP E T5007 E TFSA E T3 E T4ANR E T5 E T5008 Step 3 Check Setup Options 2 2 Step 4 Set Filing
127. abase Select by Category Available Selected for Database CRA returns Select All Clear All or A ras Gm 7 RRSP Z bi 7 T4A Only returns with slips entered _ Select A Select All Y T4ANR Lari Y T4ARCA TAPS The following returns are automatically selected 7 TAPS TARIF T4 T4A T5 RL 1 and RL 3 Y TARIF TARSP Y TARSP T5 i 9 T5 Ton E Skip backup not recommended 9 T1204 T2202A W T2200 T5007 Configure Database V T2202A E T5008 T5007 T5018 Close Y T5008 TFSA Z 15018 at Y TFSA R1 v Re WP R2 R11 7 R3 R17 7 R8 R18 Y R11 R22 Y R17 ia Y R18 R27 y R22 TP64 y R24 Y R25 Check or uncheck the appropriate box to select or deselect any return You can also select or deselect return types by category for both the CRA and the Revenu Qu bec or select all return types for which slips have been entered Click the Configure Database button to apply your changes to the database progress of the database configuration will be indicated on the status bar at the bottom of the eForms window the message below will be displayed when the process has completed 3 Configure Database completed successfully Backup and Restore a Database MENU FILE gt BACKUP AND RESTORE The Backup and Restore function allows you to make backups of your database for archiving security or as a precaution prior to installing eForms updates The Backup Dialogue 2014 ELM Computer
128. ac computers using Boot Camp or similar dual boot systems or Parallels or similar virtualization systems See File Locations 127 for further details Terminal Server eForms will run on Terminal Servers that support Windows applications Refer to the documentation for your Terminal Server for recommended installation procedures Novell We do not guarantee eForms to work on Novell networks although some clients report success If you do try to use eForms on Novell ensure that file and path names are no longer than eight characters each as Novell does not always correctly resolve long file names Hardware Requirements Workstation required for all installations The workstation on which eForms will be used either as a stand alone application or in a client server environment must be capable of supporting a current version of Windows and meet the hardware requirements of the Windows version installed on it Print and Electronic Output eForms creates much of its printed output as Adobe Portable Document Format PDF files which can be printed using any Windows compatible printer Adobe Reader is not required for the generation of these reports but is required to view them on screen Returns can be filed on paper requires a printer CD or DVD media requires a CD or DVD writer or as an XML file submitted via the Internet requires an Internet connection Data Import from Excel Microsoft Excel must be installed in order to import data
129. age to begin the process of submitting your XML file to RQ To log on to the Revenu Qu bec Internet filing web page you will need the username and password assigned to you by Revenu Qu bec In order to submit your XML file to RQ you will need your Qu bec Enterprise Number NEQ and Identification File Number The Qu bec Enterprise Number and Identification File Number are entered on the Company Setup screen 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Electronic Filing 99 Click on Submit file directly to RQ if you wish to directly transmit your XML file to Revenu Qu bec from within the program A new window will open with the options to Transmit or Test the XML file generated by the program File Edit View Company Forms Reports Electronic Filing Tools Setup Windows Help Developer Current company Demo 43 Start Page 48 Electronic Filing The file transfer service has been launched Please continue with the transmission process on the new screen which has appeared After the transmission process is complete this screen will be reactivated Folder C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents AvanTax eForms 2013 XML Output File 13009070031 XML Ready to transmit file MM iJ It is recommended that you perform a test to verify the setup before sending live data Click Transmit to start transferring the file to Revenue Quebec Progress File transfer utility
130. amp 2 Text 12 INITIAL1 First recipient initial type 1 amp 2 Text 1 LASTNAME2 Second recipient last name type 1 amp 2 Text 20 FIRSTNAME2 Second recipient first name type 1 amp 2 Text 12 INITIAL2 Second recipient initial type 1 amp 2 Text 1 ADDRESS1 Address line 1 Text 30 ADDRESS2 Address line 2 Text 30 CITY City Text 28 PROV Province code Text 2 POSTAL Postal code Text 10 COUNTRY Country Text 3 CAN USA etc SIN First recipient SIN Text 9 SIN2 Second recipient SIN Text 9 OTHERNUMBER NEQ or identification number of first Text 10 recipient OTHERNUMBER2 NEQ or identification number of second Text 10 recipient FIRSTINDIVIDUAL Yes if first recipient is an individual no Yes No Yes otherwise SECONDINDIVIDUAL Yes if second recipient is an individual no Yes No Yes otherwise REPORTCODE Status of Slip Text 1 R Original A Amended or D Cancelled RECTYPE Beneficiary type code Text 1 1 Individual 2 Joint account 3 Corporation 4 Association trust club or partnership 5 Government or international org 6 Spouse or trust settlor of spouse 7 Holder of joint account other than 2 BENEFICIARYNUM Beneficiary Number Text 20 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 198 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading Description Type Size Comments Examples and defaults YEAR Taxation Year Numeric 4 2013 TEXTATTOP Optional text to print at top of slip Text 15 CAPITALGAIN Capital gains Currency SINGLEPEN
131. amp Examples Text 30 Required Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 CAN USA etc Text 1 2013 Text 9 Text 15 Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Numeric 5 No decimals Numeric 5 No decimals Date Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 Date Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 Text 20 Text 1 R Original A Amended or D Cancelled Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Text 15 Text 255 eForms Enterprise only Yes No eForms Enterprise only Text 35 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 200 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples COMPANY COMPANYTAG Tag associated with company name Text 10 eForms Enterprise only SLIPTAG Subset tag Text 10 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 201 12 4 31 RL 18 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R18 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples NAME1 Beneficiary name line 1 type 3 amp 4 Text 30 Required type 3 amp 4 NAME2 Beneficiary name line 2 type 3 amp 4 Text 12 LASTNAME1 First beneficiary last name type 1 amp 2 Text 30 Required type 1 amp 2 FIRSTNAME1 First beneficiary first name type 1 amp 2 Text 30 INITIAL1 First beneficiary initial type 1 amp
132. amples NAME1 Recipient name line 1 type 3 4 amp 5 Text 30 Required type 3 4 amp 5 NAME2 Recipient name line 2 type 3 4 amp 5 Text 30 LASTNAME1 First recipient last name type 1 amp 2 Text 20 Required type 1 amp 2 FIRSTNAME1 First recipient first name type 1 amp 2 Text 12 INITIAL1 First recipient initial type 1 amp 2 Text 1 LASTNAME2 Second recipient last name type 1 amp 2 Text 20 FIRSTNAME2 Second recipient first name type 1 amp 2 Text 12 INITIAL2 Second recipient initial type 1 amp 2 Text 1 ADDRESS1 Address line 1 Text 30 ADDRESS2 Address line 2 Text 30 CITY City Text 28 PROV Province code Text 2 POSTAL Postal code Text 10 COUNTRY Country Text 3 CAN USA etc SLIPSTATUS Status of Slip Text 1 O Original A Amended or C Cancelled RECTYPE Beneficiary code Text 1 1 Individual 2 Joint account 3 Corporation 4 Association trust club or partnership 5 Government or international organization SIN Recipient s SIN 000000000 Business number or Text 15 000000000RP0000 Trust account number T00000000 TEXTATTOP Optional text to print at top of slip Text 15 ACTUAL_E Actual amount of eligible dividends Currency TAXABLE_E Taxable amount of eligible dividends Currency CREDIT_E Dividend tax credit for eligible dividends Currency CAPITALGAINS Total capital gains Currency CAPITALGAINS_E Total capital gains eligible for deduction Currency ACTUAL Actual amount of dividends other than Currency el
133. anced Name line 1 Demo Company Account Information Name line 2 Sample Data Business number Care of Account number for T5 T5007 T5008 RRSP retums RZ Address line 1 Account number for T5013 retums RZ Address line 2 Account number for T5018 retums RZ Cty Province 1 Account number for TFSA retums RZ Postal code Country CAN Non resident tax account number NR r Other Information Quebec AAS OO Default province of employment Enterprise Number NEQ Employer s El rate 1 4000 Identification number and file no Company category code Company tag Web Access Code PDF Output Folder Browse Default Default C Users Marsha Documents AvanTax eForms 2013 PDF Output 4 Other Information Default Province of Employment This province will be entered as appropriate on any new slips for this company eForms will automatically use the Default Province of Employment from the New Company Defaults page in the Setup menu but you can enter any province of employment O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Entering Company Payer Information 55 5 3 2 Employer s El rate By default the Employer s El Rate is 1 4000 a modified rate can be entered here if applicable Company category code The company category field is used to group a selection of companies into categories by any criteria you choose The category code can be used when Producing Reports 3 to distinguish between groups of payers Compan
134. and Danish Krone DKK Grenada East Caribbean Dollar XCD Guadaloupe Euro EUR Guam U S Dollar USD Guatemala Queizal GTQ Guernsey Pound Sterling GBP Guinea Guinea Franc GNF Guinea Bissau CFA Franc BCEAO XOF Guyana Guyana Dollar GYD Haiti Gourde HTG Heard amp McDonald Is Australian Dollar AUD Holy See Euro EUR Honduras Lempira HNL Hong Kong Hong Kong Dollar HKD Hungary Forint HUF Iceland Iceland Krona ISK India Indian Rupee INR Indonesia Rupiah IDR Iran Islamic Rep of Iranian Rial IRR Iraq Iraqi Dinar IQD Ireland Euro EUR Isle of Man Pound Sterling GBP Israel New Israeli Sheqel ILS Italy Euro EUR Jamaica Jamaican Dollar JMD Saint Kitts amp Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Martin Saint Pierre amp Miquelon Saint Vincent amp the Grenadines Samoa San Marino S o Tome amp Pincipe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Suriname Svalbard amp Jan Mayen Swaziland Seden Switzerland Syrian Arab Rep Taiwan Prov China Tajikistan Tanzania Un Rep of Thailand Timor Leste Togo Tokelau Tonga Trinidad amp Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Turks amp Caicos Is Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom East Caribbean Dollar XCD East Caribbean Dollar XCD Euro Euro EUR EUR East Caribbean Dollar XCD Tala Euro Dobra Saudi Riyal CFA Franc BCEAO Se
135. anies will remain in the source database and the destination database 10 4 Global Changes 10 4 1 Adjustment Options MENU TOOLS gt GLOBAL CHANGES gt ADJUSTMENT OPTIONS 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 106 AvanTax eForms 2013 WE Start Page E Global Adjustment Options x Companies V Sample Company Sample Company Select Current Company y Fitter CearAl User Defined Groups Save Rename List pans CE _ Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected Less CPP QPP Adjustment Options Transfer Over Remittance E Change these settings Change this setting Adjust if over maximum under required minimum Maintain the net pay of the owner shareholder by increasing Adjust based on number of pensionable weeks the gross pay by the amount added to the tax Maximum number of pensionable weeks El Adjustment Options Other Options _ Change these settings Change these settings DE Adjust CPP EV PPIP differences greater than 1 00 Adjust El premiums based on insurable eamings Adjust CPP El PPIP to calculated amounts even if there is Adjust El insurable eamings based on El premiums insufficient tax to offset the adjustment ff yes enter the maximum amount by which tax oasa aa PPIP Adjustment Options may be reduced 9999 99 Adjust PPIP premiums if over annual maximum Adjust PPIP premiums based on insurable eamings Apply Defaults Adjust PPIP ins
136. any of the reports generated by eForms Companies Y Demo Demo Select Current Company x Filing Status Filter Clear Al User Defined Groups Save Rename List Save As Delete Exception _ Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected lt Less Display and Process in Selection Sequence If this option is checked companies will be displayed in the selection list and process in the order in which they were selected otherwise companies will be displayed and processed in alphabetical order More gt lt Less Click on More gt to display the company selection dialogue and click on lt Less to hide the company selection dialogue Select You can select the companies to adjust by selecting from the items in the drop down list Companies to be included in the adjustment report will be shown in the box to the right of the selection list e All Companies Produce an adjustment report for all companies in the database e Current Company Produce an adjustment report for the current company only e Most Recently Used Produce an adjustment report for the companies included in the most recent of any other report in eForms e Selected Companies Produce an adjustment report for the selected companies Filing Status Enterprise only Clicking on the Filing Status s button allows you to select companies to include in the adjustment report based on their Filing Status Filter Clicking on the Filter button allows you to
137. ar Icon Size _ Colours Small 16x16 Medium 24x 24 TT gt Large 32 x 32 Very Large 4848 Ceno kn an we oes enat Changes to color schemes will take effect as new data entry forms are opened Mark retums as Entered when data entry is started in effect for ALL users Toolbar Icon Size in pixels Set to small medium large or very large as desired Colours Select a predefined colour scheme from the list a preview of the colour scheme will be displayed for your review Selecting CUSTOM allows you to select background and band colours by clicking on the appropriate boxes and selecting from the colours displayed User Administration MENU SETUP gt USER ADMINISTRATION eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only This feature is only available to the administrator logged in with the user name ADMIN The administrator is able to change the password for any user as well as deleting a user account altogether ul Start Page 42 User Administration YX List of user accounts ADMIN Selected user account MANUAL os Add User Copy User Edit User Options Change Password Delete user account Close Add User Create an entry in the user database for a new user account The new user can log on to eForms their personal settings will be saved to the user database when they exit eForms The ADMIN user account is automatically created upon installation of eForms Standard or Enterprise
138. as a demo by clicking on the Start button without entering an authorization code You will not be able to produce a return import data or perform other advanced options until an authorization code has been entered but all other aspect of eForms will function normally Registered users can see all authorization codes issued to their client number for the current and previous program releases by clicking the Look up your authorization code button on this screen or by viewing their Client Profile at our online store eForms is copyright c 1987 2013 by ELM Computer Systems Inc Please refer to the License Agreement 16 for full details of the agreement between ELM Computer Systems Inc and the purchaser users of the package User Names and Passwords eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only If you use either eForms Standard or Enterprise you will be prompted for a user name and password upon starting the software You can enter any name you wish to use for a username not necessarily your computer or network user name A unique user ID should be assigned to each user as simultaneous logins by the same user name could result in data access problems r Lal LogOn 5 fran ais 2013 A AANT AX u ae Username PETER eFORMS ox J _ Cana Each time a new user name is entered you will be prompted to create an account and password for the user You are not required to create a password but it is recommended that you do so in e
139. ase Configure 46 Database Convert Roll Forward 45 Database Create 44 Database Open 44 Database Repair 49 Default Adjustment 120 Default New Company 120 Delete Slip 39 Deleting a Company 59 Deleting a Slip 64 Display Options 124 Download Updates 23 DVD Filing 102 ae ie Edit Company 39 Edit List Printing 79 EditMenu 32 Edit Settings Paths 131 Edit Settings System 131 Edit Settings User 131 Edit Summary Data 60 eForms Start to Finish 25 El Adjustment Options 57 Electronic Filing 122 Electronic Filing Instructions Federal Returns 100 Electronic Filing Instructions Quebec Returns 101 Electronic Filing Menu 35 Electronic Filing CD or DVD 102 Electronic Filing Perparation 92 ELM Computer Systems About 15 English Switchto 131 Enter Recipient Payee Data 64 Entering Data in a Slip 41 Event Viewer 117 Excel Import from 109 Excel Open Template 112 me F1 40 F2 40 F4 40 Field Override 40 Field Override Calculated 42 File Locations 127 File Menu 31 Filing Status Company 89 Filing Electronic 122 First Slip 39 Form Print 39 Forms Menu 34 French Switchto 131 G General Information Company 54 Global Changes Adjustment Options 105 Global Changes Contact Information 106 Global Changes Slip Information 107 H Hard drive 12 Hardware Requirements 12 Headings Import Files 142 Help 40 Help Menu 37 Icons Special 40 Import File Header Company 143 Im
140. associated with this company will be permanently erased XYZ Advertising To delete this company enter DELETE in the space below and click Delete Delete Cancel Adjust Unadjust T4 Slips MENU COMPANY gt ADJUST UNADJUST T4 SLIPS Select this option to open the Adjustment Report 827 window and adjust all T4 and or RL 1 slips for a company based on the current Adjustment Options 551 for the company Refer to the following topics for detailed information on how each adjustment option affects entered data e CPP QPP Adjustment Options s56 e El Adjustment Options 577 e PPIP QPIP Adjustment Options 57 e Transfer Over Remittance 5 Unlock all Companies in Database MENU COMPANY gt UNLOCK ALL COMPANIES IN DATABASE Select Unlock all Companies in Database from the Company menu Use this function when an error message is displayed stating that a particular company is locked by a user who is not currently using the company such an error could occur if a computer crashed while running eForms You will be asked to confirm the unlock Company Filing Status MENU REPORTS gt COMPANY FILING STATUS AvanTax eForms Enterprise Only Refer to the Company Filing Status amp section for information on this topic Viewing Editing Company Summary Information MENU FORMS gt form type gt form type SUMMARY You can view and edit the summary information for any return type by clicking on the appropriate return type in th
141. ber of the eForms you are running by selecting About AvanTax eForms from the Help menu Make sure that the revision number and date correspond to the update you have installed If it is not the most likely problem is that you have installed the new version of the program into a different directory than you did the first time Run the update program again and select the appropriate installation directory Also if you are starting the program from an icon on your desktop make sure that this shortcut is pointing to the correct location Alternatively in a network environment you may have some workstations where the program was installed to a local hard disk In this case the update program will have to be installed on the workstation s local hard disk as well If none of the previous suggestions resolve the problem please ensure that all users have exited the eForms and try installing the update once again 5 I get the message Cannot execute external program regedit exe when installing the program The installation program needs to be able to find the Windows program REGEDIT EXT It is normally in your Windows directory The solution is to make sure that REGEDIT EXE is in the Windows directory and that there is a path set to that directory See your systems administrator for help if needed 6 My computer hangs when start up eForms or My computer hangs when start up the program and enter the user name This indicates that
142. cccccnoconcncconnconcnnncnncnna cnn nn cnn nn nn 126 5 Diagnostics and File Locations ses 127 6 Change Authorization COde iinsmennnennenennnnnnennnnnnenenenss 130 7 Change Your Password isisnsnnennennennnnensnnnennnnennennennnneennnnennennens 130 8 Edit Setup lOs cance 6 M An eee eel ne eee 131 EE LT APA A UnA er aces a E ra Peene rene deen ati stay cov eme nn ne grade vies De sn tn sentence sms ere 131 Paths msn User Settings 92 Language A Re ren ne Part XII Appendices 133 1 Common Problems a era aaa aa a a a nette ee 133 Reporting CPP QPP amp El Earnings Before 2011 cccesccssseeesseeeeeseeseseeeenseeeeseeeseneeneneeeeeneas 137 Codes ii A a Co ntry COS ii e di Currency Codes ssassssssennenennns Province Sate Codes 4 Headings for Import Files Company Headings NR4 Headings ccscccsseseeeees RRSP Headings T1204 A NA T2200 Heading S c sceipcnseeiscteotsarscusaatepenneeesctdoudsncevceouendadavasdadarscrseadeetee suisavsepiedoadscesasacbesuaudecadousensabadenesdselespuspaatced ent T2202A Headings coomccnoccninacnnnn T3 Headings mcnccccncccnnnnnnncanananonano T4 amp RL 1 Headings 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc AvanTax eForms 2013 T4A Headings 160 T4ANR Headings 163 TAARCA Head ii ad da 165 TAPS HOAGINGS it 166 TARIF Headings ie csiretseccecsevettrscebentcecunivssnceusesscubensuussancsesssvasccevascuednevsusedsecursud
143. ce amount 5 Per km rate 5 km amount received 5 Amount reported on T4 5 Company vehicle Yes 5 Company vehicle No PpONDO DD ODDOD DDD DDH VPO DN PH 5 Expense Yes Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Required Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 6 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 CAN USA etc Text 9 Numeric 4 2013 Text 20 Text 100 Yes No Yes selects option Yes No Yes No Yes selects option Yes No Text 60 Yes No Yes selects option Yes No Text 50 Date Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 Date Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 Text 60 Yes No Yes selects option Yes No No de selects option Currency Currency Currency Currency Yes No Yes selects option Yes No No de selects option Yes No Yes selects option 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 150 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples Q5CNO Q 5 Expense No Yes No No de selects option Q5AMT1 Q 5 Expense Amount Line 1 Currency Q5TYPE1 Q 5 Expense Type Line 1 Text 50 Q5AMT2 Q 5 Expense Amount Line 2 Currency Q5TYPE2 Q 5 Expense Type Line 2 Text 50 Q5AMT3 Q 5 Expense Amount Line 3 Currency Q5TYPE3 Q 5 Expense Type Line 3 Text 50 Q6YES Q 6 Repayment received Yes Yes No Yes selects option Q6NO Q 6 Repayment received No Yes No No de selects option Q6AMTPROOF Q 6 Received on proof of payment Currency
144. ck on the button to open the Internet filing web page Otherwise proceed to Step 8 Step 8 Record the Submission in Your Database Select what you have done or plan to do with this XML file have submitted this file online to CRA The submission number from the Confirmation of Receipt is Iwill submit this file to CRA later This file will not be submitted The program will delete it Your notes about this submission Step 6 Your XML Submission File The message Your XML file is ready for submission The filename is is displayed at the top of this screen followed by the name of the XML file and its location on your computer Make note of this information as it will be required by the CRA Internet File Transfer webpage to denote the file to be uploaded Print ED 400 V If you are preparing an XML submission for Revenu Qu bec you will see this additional button which allows you to print the ED 400 form 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 96 AvanTax eForms 2013 Print Company List Prints a list of all companies included in the submission we recommend that you print this report and retain it for your records View XML File Opens the XML file for your review in your default XML viewer typically your default Internet browser We recommend that you be extremely cautious if you open the XML file in an editor due to the risk of invalidating the submission Advanced Toggles the display of thre
145. companies included in the selected report to those of interest to the user The Filter button also appears in the Filing Status window 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 30 AvanTax eForms 2013 Select on filing status Check one or more status types to include in your filter Refine the selection by changing the date ranges Not required Select on electronic filing status lt Select Select on printing status lt Select Select only companies with active slips Filter applies to F setting a filter based on criteria other than company category select the type of retum to filter on Select by company category Select Set Fiter Clear Cancel Available filters are Select on filing status Selects companies by their filing status It is also possible to limit each selection to a specific date range o Not Required No return is required o Need Return A return is required o Entered A return has been entered into eForms o Checked Data entered has been checked o Filed The return has been filed with the CRA and or the Revenu Qu bec Select on electronic filing status Selects companies based on whether or not an electronic return has been processed It is also possible to limit this selection to a specific date range o Processed The return has been processed for electronic filing o Not Processed The return has not been processed for electronic filing Select on pr
146. d Required Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 Yes selects option No de selects option Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 182 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading WITHDRAWALOFNONQUALIFIED DEATHDATE SUCCESSORHOLDER SUCCESSORHOLDERNO FAIRMARKETVALUEATDEATH DECEASEDLASTNAME DECEASEDFIRSTNAME DECEASEDINITIAL DECEASEDSIN DECEASEDDATE COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Withdrawal of non qualified investment fair market value TFSA holder date of death Successor holder account Yes Successor holder account No TFSA holder fair market value at time of death Surname of deceased holder First name of deceased holder Initial of deceased holder SIN of deceased holder Date of death of deceased holder Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Comments amp Examples Currency Date Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 Yes No Yes selects option Yes No No de selects option Currency Text 30 Text 30 Text 1 Text 11 Date Mmm dd yyyy Apr 1 2013 Text 35 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 183 12 4 22 TP64 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or
147. d other investment income from Canadian sources Foreign dividends amp interest Patronage dividends from a corporation Capital gains losses used to calc ded Reserves for dispositions of capital property Capital gains losses not used to calc ded Business investment loss Carrying charges and interest expenses Dividend rental arr compensation payments Quebec income tax withheld at source Foreign income tax paid on non business income Foreign income tax paid on business income Donations and gifts Other gifts Investment tax credit depreciable property Investment tax credit other property Paid up capital share of debts Paid up capital share of qualified property Paid up capital share of total assets R amp D Expenditures At risk amount Limited partnership loss Canadian exploration expenses Canadian development expenses Canadian oil amp Gas property expenses Expenses related to foreign resources Quebec exploration expenses Quebec surface mining or oil amp gas exploration expenses Exploration expenses incurred in Northern Quebec Type Size Comments amp Examples Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Cu
148. de Partnerships identification number Status of slip Partner s share of income loss Number of partnership units owned Partner code 40 Taxpayer code 41 Balance at start of fiscal period Capital contributions during fiscal period Other adjustments Income loss allocated during fiscal period Drawings Net Canadian amp foreign bus income loss Net foreign business income loss Net Canadian amp foreign rental income loss Net foreign rental income loss Capital cost allowance Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Required Text 30 Text 5 Text 9 Text 24 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Text 16 S I N or Identification number Text 1 R Original A Amended or D Cancelled Numeric 8 digits 4 decimals 12 Numeric 8 Text 1 0 Limited partner 1 Other specified member 2 General partner Text 1 1 Individual 3 Corporation 4 Trust or partnership Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 194 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading BOX6A BOX6B BOX7 BOX8 BOX9 BOX10 BOX11 BOX12 BOX13 BOX15A BOX15B BOX16 BOX17 BOX18 BOX19 BOX20 BOX21A BOX21B BOX24A BOX24B BOX24C BOX25 BOX26 BOX27 BOX28 BOX29 BOX30 BOX31 BOX32 BOX33 BOX34 Description Actual amount of eligible dividends Actual amount of ordinary dividends Interest an
149. dece 64 3 Sorting SIIDS 23 ceecevdescecesecedcecedesuer A tend da ane ent A ai 64 4 Selecting Slp S a a reae rar idas 64 5 Common Data Fields amp BUttONS ss inisisnnennennennnnnennnnnnnnnnes 65 6 Unique Data Fields amp ButtOns ceeccceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeesneeseeeeneeeseeesneesesessneeseeeseeeseeeeenes 66 AAA NN 67 TABS Eine ti none et a e eue te 67 TA NN ai RS eS A AN AE TO 69 Relev Forms td 69 O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 6 AvanTax eForms 2013 Part VII Adjusting CPP QPP El amp PPIP 71 1 Applying Adjustments to T4 and RL 1 SlipS nes 71 2 Reversing Ad JUStme ints cionales daran ana reves eme rende nes r e ges andaa peireta iE 71 Part VIII Producing Returns amp Reports 73 1 Print Performance amp Quality nn 73 2 Paper Requirements nsnennneennnneeennsnneenennnnnenenennneeeeneneenennne 73 3 Using Sequence Relev Numbers on RL Slips emnnnens 74 4 COMMON Features viii ica 75 Company Selection ii td 75 LAYOUT OPTIONS 00 iii 76 PDF File Options inocencia nin nadia 76 Printing Op A seutseesdacscaters 77 5 Sip A Reu LY POS do eae Dada ones na canse 77 Edit List aid 79 Summarys a e ti 81 LO eea chad vaceuct een ange Dundee ons men anni ein E nd anse nee semi ed ue aie eue 82 El ctronie Filing inside saci daodeseospaasaeyentsadiaisadvedneperdssndendounsneendebisndadcsesasnasueiousdersoc
150. e 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Type Size Text 30 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Comments amp Examples Required 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 190 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading COUNTRY YEAR AMOUNTFORSTUDIES TUITIONFEES DONATIONS SIN STUDENTNUMBER INTERNALSTUDENTNUMBER REPORTCODE SERIAL SERIALORIGINAL SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Country in address Year of return Amount for post secondary studies Tuition or examination fees Donations Social Insurance Number Student number Internal student number Status of slip Relev number of paper slip Relev number of previously filed paper slip user entered Relev number of XML slip Relev number of previously filed XML slip Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Text 3 Numeric 4 Currency Currency Currency Text 9 Text 15 Text 15 Text 1 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Text 15 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 Comments amp Examples CAN USA etc 2013 R Original A Amended or D Cancelled eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only
151. e Comments amp Examples Text 30 Required type 3 4 amp 5 Text 30 Text 20 Required type 1 amp 2 Text 12 Text 1 Text 20 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 CAN USA etc Text 1 O Original A Amended or C Cancelled Numeric 4 2013 Text 1 1 Individual 2 Joint account 3 Corporation 4 Association trust club or partnership 5 Gov t or int l org Text 3 Text 20 Text 20 Text 2 02 03 etc Text 3 CAD USD etc Currency Currency Text 1 I C etc Text 2 02 03 etc Text 3 CAD USD etc Currency Currency 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 146 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading EXEMPTIONCODE2 TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Exemption code 28 Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 1 I C etc Text 15 Text 255 eForms Enterprise only Yes No eForms Enterprise only Text 35 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 147 12 4 3 RRSP Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV mu
152. e Forms 341 menu and selecting the return s summary from the sub menu The T4 Summary data entry screen is shown as an example 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Entering Company Payer Information 61 LT San Page TU DA Summary me i T4 Summary summary of Remuneration Paid _ Fling Status Recalculate Goto Sips Close Demo For year ending December 31 2011 Total number of T4 slips filed active slips only 88 0 Employment income 14 0 00 Number of T4 slips includes active slips only Registered pension plan RPP contributions 20 0 00 Pension adjustment 52 0 00 Employees CPP contributions 16 0 00 Employer s CPP contributions z 0 00 Employees El premiums 18 0 00 Employer s El premiums 19 0 00 Income tax deducted 2 0 00 Total deductions reported 16 27 18 19 22 80 0 00 Minus remittances 82 0 00 Difference 0 00 Overpayment 84 0 00 Balance due 86 0 00 Amount enclosed 0 00 SIN of the proprietor or principal owner 1 74 SIN of the proprietor or principal owner 2 75 Person to contact about this retum Certification 76 First name Last name Position or office 78 Area code telephone number Extension Date on summary Remittances Enter the amount of money already remitted to CRA Amount E
153. e additional buttons by which the XML file may be acted upon e Rename XML File Allows you to change the name of the XML file e Move XML File Allows you to move the XML file from its default location to a location of your choice e Go to File Location Opens your default computer browser at the location where the XML file has been saved Step 7 Submit Your File to CRA Your XML file has been created but you must go to the CRA 100 Internet File Transfer site and follow the instructions there to submit the XML file The submission is NOT automatic as the CRA does not permit any software to communicate directly with the Internet File Transfer site Once you have submitted the XML file you will receive a Confirmation of Receipt which you should enter in Step 8 for your records Click on Go to the Internet filing web page to begin the process of submitting your XML file to CRA To log in to the CRA Internet filing web page you will need the Account Number and Web Access Code for the company for which you are filing an Internet return To log on to the Revenu Qu bec Internet filing web page you will need the username and password assigned to you by Revenu Qu bec Notes on the Account Number and the Web Access Code e The Account Number and the Web Access Code are not interchangeable they are two different numbers of two different formats used in two different capacities Contact the CRA if you need an Account Number or Web Access Code e The
154. e are summaries where all dollar values are equal to zero which will not print unless this option is checked Print test pattern Check this box if you wish to test alignment settings for the selected form French instructions on copy 2 3 Check this box to print recipient filing instructions in French Available only on forms printing three slips per page Instructions MENU REPORTS gt form type gt form type INSTRUCTIONS Under some cases such as with two part forms the instructions on the recipient copy will not be printed due to space limitations Selecting this menu item will print the instructions for inclucion if desired with the slip sent to the recipient Electronic Filing MENU REPORTS gt form type gt ELECTRONIC FILING or MENU ELECTRONIC FILING gt CANADA REVENUE AGENCY or REVENU QUEBEC Returns that can be filed electronically will have Electronic Filing as an option in the sub menu Clicking on this menu item will take you to the Electronic Filing report dialogue where you can configure the electronic submission as required Adjustment Report MENU REPORTS gt T4 or RL 1 gt ADJUSTMENT REPORT This option opens the Print Adjustment Report window to adjust T4 and RL 1 slips for a company Wa Start Page d Company 2 Adjustment Report l vx Companies i E V DEMO DEMO PETER Select Current Company x iter Gear Al User Defined Groups P Save As R f Exception Display and pr
155. e current company 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 62 AvanTax eForms 2013 a Update Filing Status of Return Select the date to apply to the filing status of this return HE Juy 2010 Br Update the filing status of this return by clicking the button that corresponds to the status you wish to set Not required aa Entered Status of this return is Not required Available filing status options are Not Required A return of this type is not required for the current company Need Return A return of this type is required for the current company Entered Data has been entered for this return Checked Data entered for this return has been checked Filed This return has been filed with the CRA and or Revenu Qu bec Recalculate Button Click this button to recalculate all calculated values this will also return all overridden 4 values to their calculated value Go to Slips Button Click on this button to display slips related to the currently displayed summary The data entry screen for the current summary will remain available via a tab beneath the toolbar Close Button This button closes the currently displayed summary Data will be saved to the database before closing 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Part VI Entering Recipient Payee Information 64 AvanTax eForms 2013 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 Entering Recipient Payee Information Ch
156. e current company When selected this option locks the adjustment options for the current company Adjustment options that have been locked for any company will not be modified when using the Global Changes gt Adjustment Options 105 tool from the Tools se menu to change adjustment options for any companies in the database Disable T4 RL 1 adjustments for the current company Disables T4 and RL 1 adjustments for the current company CPP QPP El and PPIP QPIP values will not be adjusted for any company with this option selected when the Adjustment Report s is run Setting Adjustment Options The adjustment options for each company are stored with the company profile To change the adjustment options for the current company select Company Setup from the Company menu and then click the Adjustment Options page You can make changes to any of the options and also enter the SIN of the individual designated to receive the transfer of over remittance of CPP and El Use the T4 Adjustment Defaults 127 page in the Setup 3 menu if you want to change the default adjustment options for all new companies The global default adjustment options are applied to each new company added to the eForms database To change the adjustment options for selected existing companies use the Adjustment Options 105 option of the Global Changes 10 sub menu of the Tools 3 menu CPP QPP Adjustment Options Canada amp Quebec Pension Plan Rates CPP Contribution Rate 4 95
157. e database is the wrong type or format 135 10 When importing from Excel get a message indicating that some data is invalid or some cells contain data in the wrong format 135 11 When run NETNODE EXE I get a 2869 error 135 wo 12 When install or update eForms I get a 2229 error 138 oO 13 When install or update eForms get a 2755 error 132 14 When l enter the Business Number or the Social Insurance Number or any other fixed length number cannot enter all the characters 135 Other Problems 135 eForms or The user named is not currently using the program This problem typically occurs when a database is left open after the program is finished with it If you are sure that the user being named is not using eForms already and that the company is not in use at another workstation you can answer Yes and unlock the company If this does not solve the problem select Unlock all companies from the Company menu 2 The system is not calculating CPP properly How do enter the number of pensionable weeks This is one of the most common problems encountered by users of the eForms Most likely the problem stems from a failure to properly set up the adjustment options Access the company profile by selecting Edit company information from the Company menu Then select the T4 Adjustment Options tab There are two adjustment options involving CPP 2014
158. eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 191 12 4 27 RL 11 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R11 Heading NAME1 NAME2 LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY YEAR OTHERID RECTYPE REPORTCODE SIN EXPENSESASSISTANCEA EXPLORATIONEXPENSESCANAD IAN EXPENSESASSISTANCEB DEVELOPMENTEXPENSESCANA DIAN EXPENSESASSISTANCED EXPLORATIONEXPENSESQUEBE C EXPENSESASSISTANCEE EXPLORATIONEXPENSESQUEBE CMINING EXPENSESASSISTANCEF Description Recipient name line 1 type 2 Recipient name line 2 type 2 Recipient last name type 1 Recipient first name type 1 Recipient initial type 1 Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Year of return Identification number Recipient type Status of slip Social Insurance Number Amount of assistance corresponding to case A Canadian exploration expenses Amount of assistance corresponding to case B Canadian development expenses Amount of assistance corresponding to case D Qu bec exploration expenses Amount of assistance corresponding to case E Qu bec surface mining expenses Amount of assistance corresponding to case F EXPLORATIONEXPENSESNORTHER Expe
159. ebergen Documents T4 TimeSaver NET 2011 Data Demo T11N na gt 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 50 AvanTax eForms 2013 4 9 4 10 4 11 Check Data Integrity MENU FILE gt CHECK DATA INTEGRITY The Check Data Integrity function will recalculate all summaries in the current database In most cases data in overridden 27 fields will be left unchanged Once all summaries have been recalculated the words Processing Complete will be displayed beside the Close button In databases with large amounts of data the Check Data Integrity procedure could take considerable time _ 2 Integrity Check x This procedure scans the data for each company in the current database and recalculates each summary lt may take several minutes to complete if you have a large database It is recommended that you backup your data before proceeding using either File Backup or Windows Explorer Go J Ge Progress Company Slip Type Repair User Database MENU FILE gt REPAIR USER DATABASE All user settings for a eForms Lite or Basic session and for individual eForms Standard or Enterprise user sessions are stored in a dedicated user database The Repair User Database function checks the user database for damage and makes any necessary repairs Event Viewer MENU TOOLS gt EVENT VIEWER AvanTax eForms Enterprise Only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Working with Databases 51
160. ec E Filing History Report Transmitter Setup EC Instructional Video The Electronic Filing Menu is used to prepare information slips for electronic filing 921 to CRA or RQ Canada Revenue Agency Opens the electronic filing dialogue to process CRA forms Revenu Qu bec Opens the electronic filing dialogue to process RQ forms E Filing History Report Opens the Electronic Filing History Report s3 to show return types that have been electronically filed Transmitter Setup Opens the Electronic Filing 921 page to modify the Transmitter information Instructional Video Opens the Electronic Filing Training Video page on our website this item becomes visible when eForms discovers an available Internet connection 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 36 AvanTax eForms 2013 3 5 9 Tools Menu Tools Setup Windows Help Tools Setup Windows Help Convert Last Year s Databases Convert Last Year s Databases Merge Companies Merge Companies Transfer Compages o Transfer Companies Global Changes gt Global Changes Import Export Data gt Import Export Data gt Import User Information from Last Year s T4 TimeSaver Import User Information from Last Year s T4 TimeSaver Create Slips Forms from Another Type Create Slips Forms from Another Type Find Database Event Viewer Find Database Tools Menu Lite Basic amp Standard Tools Menu Enterprise Convert Databases Used to Convert database
161. ed company will be stored and type a name of the company in the Company line If the merged company already exists in the database the merge will not take place enter a unique company name or create a new database 4 to store the merged company Transfer Companies MENU TOOLS gt TRANSFER COMPANIES 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Tools to Manipulate Data 105 Save Rename List la Start Page JUS Transfer Companies vx Companies Y Sample Company Sample Company Select Current Company y Fiter CearAl User Defined Groups Save As Delete _ Exception Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected Less Destination Database Options C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents T4 TimeSaver NET 2011 Data New T11N Remove companies from source after transfer Transfer Close Refer to the section Company Selection 75 for details on selecting companies to be included in this process Use Transfer Companies to transfer companies from the current database to any other 2013 eForms database Use the Browse button to select any existing database as the destination Select the companies to be transferred from the list on the left as companies are selected they will be displayed on the right Options Remove companies from source after transfer If this option is checked the selected companies will be permanently deleted from the source database otherwise the selected comp
162. eed to be installed on your computer to use the Import form CSV File function Instructions 1 When importing using eForms Standard the CSV file must contain data for one company and one slip type only When importing using eForms Enterprise the CSV file can contain multiple companies by entering the company name s in the COMPANY NAME1 column to distinguish between the companies that each slip will be imported into 2 Enter the appropriate key in the first data element to designate the type of data being imported Refer to the appropriate section under Headings for Import Files 142 for the keys for each type of form 3 Complete the first row by adding the headings that eForms expects for the type of data being imported See the section Headings for Import Files 14 for the headings for each slip type Errors will result if headings are used that are not recognized by eForms There is no need to include every heading nor need they be in any specific order only include headings for which data exists that will be imported Additionally if you have a column or row of data in your file that you do not wish to import you can force eForms to ignore it by entering NULL in the top cell of a column to ignore the column or in the first cell of a row to ignore the row 4 Make sure that the data types in each row of data matches the headings For example if the city and province were exported to a single data element in the CSV file you will need
163. el or the first data element import from CSV must contain T5 Heading NAME1 NAME2 LASTNAME1 FIRSTNAME1 INITIAL1 LASTNAME2 FIRSTNAME2 INITIAL2 SECONDINDIVIDUAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY TAXYEAR REPORTCODE RECTYPE SIN ACTUAL ACTUAL_E INTEREST CAPGAINS OTHER FORINC FORTAX ROYALTIES ACCRUED RESOURCE Description Recipient name line 1 type 3 4 amp 5 Recipient name line 2 type 3 4 amp 5 First recipient last name type 1 amp 2 First recipient first name type 1 8 2 First recipient initial type 1 8 2 Second recipient last name type 2 Second recipient first name type 2 Second recipient initial type 2 Indicate second entity is individual Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country code Taxation year Report code 21 Recipient type 23 SIN ID or Business 22 Am t of non eligible dividends 10 Am t of eligible dividends 24 Interest from Cdn sources 13 Capital gains dividends 18 Other income from Cdn sources 14 Foreign income 15 Foreign tax paid 16 Royalties from Cdn sources 17 Accrued income Annuities 19 Resource allowance deduction 20 Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Required type 3 4 amp 5 Text 30 Text 20 Required type 1 amp 2 Text 12 Text 1 Text 20 Text 12 Text 1 Yes No Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Numeric
164. elected on the Advanced tab on the Electronic Filing 9 page for the appropriate slip type Subset tag for this slip The subset tag field is used to distinguish one batch of slips from another for internal purposes slips can then be printed and filed in these subset batches For example you can use the subset tag May to distinguish a batch of T5s entered in May from T5s entered in June with the subset tag June T4 amp RL 1 Province of Employment eForms will automatically insert the code for the province of employment that has been entered in the General section of the Company Information You may of course override it for any employee Report Code Relev Code eForms handles T4 amp RL 1 pairs as a unit consequently the RL 1 is the only Revenu Qu bec form for which the 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 68 AvanTax eForms 2013 Relev Code uses the CRA codes O Original A Amended and C Cancelled instead of the Revenu Qu bec codes R Original A Amended and D Cancelled CPP Pensionable Weeks Enter the number of CPP QPP pensionable weeks worked by the recipient in this field by default this will be the value entered under Maximum Number of Pensionable Weeks on the Company Information 106 screen This number will be used to accurately calculate CPP QPP deducted for the recipient Data must be entered into this field if you have selected Adjust based on number of pensionable wee
165. ent 34 Pension plan reg number 36 RESP accum income payments 40 RESP educational assist pay ts 42 Charitable donations 46 Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Numeric 4 2013 Text 1 Required O Original A Amended C Cancelled Text 9 Text 15 Text 12 Text 30 Text 30 Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Text 7 Currency Currency Currency 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices Heading FEES RESPPAYMENTSOTHER RECIPIENTPAIDHEALTHPLANS LABOURADJUSTMENTBENEFITS SUBPQUALIFIED CASHAWARD BANKRUPTCY UNREGPEN SIPENSION LUMPSUMACC LUMPSUMSI LUMPSUMRPP LUMPSUMDPSP LUMPSUMNONRES LUMPSUMUNREG LUMPSUMNOTRANS DPSPANNUITY IAACANNUITY RETIRINGSI RETIRINGNONSI OTHERS OTHERDPSP BOARDSITE MEDTRAVEL LOANBENEFIT RESEARCH SCHOLARSHIP Description Fees for services 48 RESP accumulated income payments to other 122 Recipient paid premiums for private health services plans 135 Labour adjustment benefits act and appropriation act 150 SUBP qualified under the Income Tax Act 152 Cash award or prize from payer 154 Bankruptcy settlement 156 Unregistered pension plan 109 Status Indian pension or superannuation 146 Lump sum pymt accrued to 12 31 71 11
166. er 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Introduction 17 The Package The program and the User Manual is licensed as is without warranty of any kind either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose without limitation all warranties against infringement or the like respecting the package are hereby disclaimed by us We do not warrant that any functions contained in this package will meet your requirements or that your use of the package will be uninterrupted or error free We shall have no liability to you or any third party regarding the package the User Manual or otherwise in warranty contract tort or otherwise In no event will we be liable for any direct incidental special indirect general or consequential damage or loss of any nature such as damage to property damages resulting from delay claims of third parties loss of profits or injury to person which may arise in connection with the use of or inability to use this package This clause shall survive failure of an exclusive remedy We specifically disclaim liability for any and all forms or other files or information generated by the Package for submission to Canada Revenue Agency or Revenu Qu bec It is the users responsibility to ensure that data processed using the Package is correct and complete that the proper forms are used and with respect to the Relev slips that
167. er assigned number Life annuity payments amount RRSP RRIF DPSP benefit amount Other Payment amount Refunded RRSP amounts Value of benefit at time of death Amount of refunded excess RRSP Value of benefit before amendment All other income Amount giving entitlement to deduction Amount of Qu bec tax held at source Income earned after death amount Life Long Learning Plan amount Tax paid amount Social insurance number Spouse s social insurance number Withdrawal under HBP Status of slip Relev number of paper slip Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Text 6 Text 20 Required CAN USA etc Currency BoxA Currency Box B Box C Box D Currency Box E Currency Currency Currency Box F Box G Currency Box H Currency Currency Box Currency BoxJ Currency Box K Currency Box L Currency Box M Text 9 Text 9 Box N Currency Box O Text 1 R Original A Amended or D Cancelled Numeric 9 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 187 Heading SERIALORIGINAL SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Relev number of previously filed paper slip user entered Relev number of XML slip Relev number of previously filed XML slip Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permis
168. ert Restores data entry fields to their original values e New Adds a new slip of the type currently in focus o Delete Deletes the current slip You will be asked to confirm the deletion Go to first form Jumps to the first slip for the company in the current sort order Go to previous form Jumps to the previous slip for the company in the current sort order an Go to next form Jumps to the next slip for the company in the current sort order O Go to last form Jumps to the last slip for the company in the current sort order q Find specific slip Opens the list of recipients to locate a specific slip Data entry sequence Sort Order Displays the current slip sort order use the drop down box to select whether slips will be sorted by Data Entry Sequence Employee Name Employee Number or Social Insurance O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 3 7 3 8 40 AvanTax eForms 2013 Number the available sort options will vary by return type lof2 Slip number Displays the number of the current slip and total number of slips Items that are greyed out are not available because i The function is not supported by the installed eForms version ii The function is not required by the current form iii A database has not been opened or iv No data has been entered Use of Special Keys Many of the menu items have short cut key strokes which can be used instead of opening
169. ese Pound LBP Yemen Yemeni Rial YER Lesotho Rand ZAR Zambia Zambian Kwacha ZMK Liberia Liberian Dollar LRD Zimbabwe Zimbabwe Dollar ZWL 12 3 3 Province Sate Codes The following abbreviations apply to the provinces of Canada use ZZ where none of the following apply AB Alberta NL Newfoundland PE Prince Edward Island BC British Columbia NS Nova Scotia QC Qu bec LB Labrador NT Northwest Territories SK Saskatchewan MB Manitoba NU Nunavut YT Yukon Territories NB New Brunswick ON Ontario The following abbreviations apply to the states of the USA use ZZ where none of the following apply AL Alabama KY Kentucky ND North Dakota AK Alaska LA Louisiana OH Ohio AR Arizona ME Maine OK Oklahoma AR Arkansas MD Maryland OR Oregon CA California MA Massachusetts PA Pennsylvania CO Colorado MI Michigan RI Rhode Island CT Connecticut MN Minnesota SC South Carolina DE Delaware MS Mississippi SD South Dakota DC District of Columbia MO Missouri TN Tennessee FL Florida MT Montana TX Texas GA Georgia NE Nebraska UT Utah HI Hawaii NH New Hampshire VT Vermont ID Idaho NJ New Jersey VA Virginia IL Illinois NM New Mexico WA Washington IN Indiana NY New York WV West Virginia IA lowa NV Nevada WI Wisconsin KS Kansas NC North Carolina WY Wyoming 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 142 AvanTax eForms 2013
170. ess Used in jurisdictions such as USA where this is the required address format and is not used within Canada Suppress calculation of totals summary only Prevents eForms from calculating slip totals to the summary when producing a summary Refer to the following topics for detailed information on additional report options e Layout Options 76 e PDF File Options 761 e Printing Options 7 Go to Output Folder Pressing this button will open the folder where the PDF files will be stored Advanced Use this button to set advanced print settings Edit List MENU REPORTS gt form type gt form type EDIT LIST A complete edit listing of all the slips can be produced for all types of slips To generate this report choose the type of slip from the Reports menu and then select the corresponding Edit List from the list of available reports A dialog box will open which will allow you to select the companies to print an Edit List Report for 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 80 AvanTax eForms 2013 l Start Page 22 TA Edit List x Companies Y Demo y g Demo Select Current Company Test Company Fling Status Fiter Clearal User Defined Groups Save Rename List Save As Delete Exception Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected lt tess Fields Options Y Name a Sort slips N z Preview Print Al pr psby Name y Selected Year z Layo
171. etic Media Federal Returns 100 Magnetic Media Perparation 92 Magnetic Media Quebec Returns 101 Main Menu 29 Making Suggestions 12 MDI 41 Memory 12 Menu Company 33 Menu Edit 32 Menu Electronic Filing 35 Menu File 31 Menu Forms 34 Menu Help 37 Menu Reports 34 Menu Setup 36 Menu Tools 36 Menu View 33 Menu Windows 37 Merge Companies 104 Multiple Document Interface 41 Multiple Forms 41 N Net Pay Company 59 NETNODE 19 Network Adminstrator 19 New Company Defaults 120 Next Slip 39 Novell 12 NR4 Import File Header 145 Number of Slips 39 O Open Database 44 Open Excel Template 112 Open Last Year s Data 45 Options Display 124 Order Slips 64 Over Remittance Transfer 58 Override Calculated Field 42 Override Field 40 P Parallels 12 127 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Index 215 Password Change 130 Passwords 28 Path Settings Edit 131 Payee Data Enter 64 Personalizing the Display 124 PgDn 40 PgUp 40 PPIP Adjustment Options 56 57 Previous Slip 39 Previous Year s Data Convert 45 Print Slip 39 Printing Adjustments 82 Printing Company Lists 88 Printing Edit Lists 79 Printing Slips 77 Printing Speed 73 Printing Summarries 81 Problems Common 133 Province Codes 141 202 QPIP Adjustment Options 56 QPIP Adjustmetn Options 57 QPP Adjustment Options 56 Quebec Electronic Filing Serial Numbers 101 R RAM 12 Rates and Constants 126 Recei
172. eviously filed paper slip user entered Relev No of XML slip Relev No of previously filed XML slip Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Currency Text 1 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Text 15 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 Comments amp Examples R Original A Amended or D Cancelled eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 211 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 212 AvanTax eForms 2013 Index A About eForms 11 About ELM Computer Systems 15 Accessing Last Year s Data 45 Add Company 39 Add newcompany 39 Add Slip 39 Adding Features 12 Adding Slips 64 Adjust Unadjust RL 1 Slips 60 Adjust Unadjust T4 Slips 60 Adjusting RL 1 Slips 71 Adjusting T4 Slips 71 Adjustment Options Company 55 Adjustment Options CPP QPP PPIP QPIP 56 Adjustment Options El 57 Adjustment Options Global 105 Adjustment Options PPIP 57 Adjustment Options QPIP 57 Adjustment Options Setting 56 Adjustment Report Printing 82 Adjustment Defaults 120 Adjustment Other Options 58 Adjustment Transfer Over Remittance 58 Administration User 125 Adobe Reader 73 Advanced Tab
173. ftware Please visit our website to learn more about ELM Computer Systems www elmcomputers com Software and IT resources available from ELM Computer Systems include Onsite and remote support amp computer maintenance from stand alone systems to entire networks Consulting services QuickBooks ProAdvisor services Custom software development o AvanTax eForms The software described in this user guide www AvanTax ca eForms o AvanTax Auto Automobile taxable benefits calculator www AvanTax ca Auto o Handheld data collection Used to tabulate and upload data from industrial heating cooling plants If you have any questions about how ELM can help you get the best use out of your computers please use the contact information provided below ELM Computer Systems Inc 502 Gordon Baker Road North York Ontario M2H 3B4 Toronto 416 495 1624 Toll Free 800 268 3211 Fax 416 495 0044 E M Email info elmcomputers com COMPUTER SYSTEMS INC Website www elmcomputers com Technical Support As a registered user you may contact us with any questions concerning 2013 AvanTax eForms Although we can resolve most problems over the phone or by email we may occasionally need to connect to your system or obtain a copy of your database to resolve your problem We may not be able to resolve a problem if we are not able to work on a copy of the database in question To send us a copy of your database select Send E mail to Technical Support from the Hel
174. function 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 110 AvanTax eForms 2013 Instructions 1 When importing using eForms Standard each sheet in the spreadsheet must contain data for one company and one slip type only When importing using eForms Enterprise each sheet in the spreadsheet can contain multiple companies by entering the company name s in the COMPANY NAME1 column and optionally a company tag in the COMPANY COMPANYTAG column to distinguish between the companies that each slip will be imported into Each sheet will be imported separately 2 Insert a new column as column A at the left of the sheet 3 Insert a new row as row 1 at the top of the sheet 4 Enter the appropriate key in cell A1 to designate the type of data being imported use of the same key in the other cells in column A is not required Refer to the appropriate section under Headings for Import Files 142 for the keys for each type of form 5 Complete the first row by adding the headings that eForms expects for the type of data being imported See the section Headings for Import Files 142 for the headings for each slip type Errors will result if headings are used that are not recognized by eForms Sample Excel import file templates and a sheet containing sample data can be found using the menu path TOOLS gt IMPORT DATA gt OPEN EXCEL TEMPLATES There is no need to include columns for every heading nor need they be in any specific order only
175. fy and adjust over under paid CPP QPP El amp QPIP Roll data forward to next version See note 2 Fully functional trial version Download Technical Support Email 9am 8pm EST Mon Fri o Tel 9am 5pm EST Mon Fri oe o oO T4 T4A amp T5 RL 1 amp RL 3 rs o oO NR4 RRSP T4PS T4RIF T4RSP T4A NR T4A RCA T5007 T5008 T5018 T2200 T2202A T1204 TFSA RL 2 RL 8 RL 11 RL 17 RL 18 2 RL 22 RL 24 RL 25 RL 27 amp TP 64 3 V 75013 amp RL 15 partnership returns EA l T3 amp TP 646 Trust Income tax returns See note 3 OOOO ttt Electronic amp Internet filing in XML format CRA amp RQ a approved Print facsimile returns on plain paper CRA amp RQ approved lo EE Print returns on GRA amp RQ forms A oa On screen preview of all On screen preview of all reports ts Save reports in CSV HTML PDF RTF XLS TXT or image formats Simultaneous live display of multiple related forms Sea 0 B Batch return printing EA o if Batch Internet filing O Import CSV Excel amp XML data and 3rd party payroll data in XML format See note 4 Export slip information to CSV format ia Multi user access to database _ zy System event viewer EA IA NEC Email password protected PDF slips to recipients za Enhanced data import Ll i Enhanced company filing status Bt o O O Price Annual Site License 280 00 NOTES features may change without notice
176. goes to any cell other than the final data cell there are empty row or columns that will be imported This can be resolved simply by selecting only the cells containing data copying them into a new Excel sheet and importing from the new sheet 11 When run NETNODE EXE get a 2869 error This generally occurs on newer versions of Windows such as Vista and 7 and is a result of the enhanced security features of these versions To bypass these security restrictions you must 1 Right Click on the NETNODE EXE file 2 Select Run as Administrator from the pop out menu 3 Proceed with the installation as usual 12 When install or update eForms get a 2229 error This error message appears when the installation file is corrupt and is usually the result of an incomplete download being stored in your Internet browser s cache You can bypass this by downloading the eForms installation file from the alternate download link on our downloads page 13 When install or update eForms get a 2755 error This error message could appear when the installation file is located on a network drive and you are installing eForms either locally or to any network resource accessible to your computer To resolve this error copy the installation file to your local hard drive and install eForms from this copy 14 When enter the Business Number the Social Insurance Number or any other fixed length number cannot enter all the digits This is usually
177. he Adobe website Adobe Reader is the software through with most eForms reports are displayed printed e Adobe Reader Customer Support Displays Adobe Reader technical support contact information Technical Support Options Opens the Technical Support page on our website to display technical support 151 and contact information Send Email to Technical Support Creates a new email to send to eForms technical support including Program version Username Authorization Code Program Installation Path and Current Database you must be connected to the Internet for the email to be sent Send Error Log to Technical Support Sends an error log to eForms technical support Request Remote Control Session Request that one of our technical support specialists view control your computer to resolve a problem Reset Quick Tips Restores pop up help settings to the default value of displaying pop up help where applicable Reset Report and XML Messages Resets all messages to their default display options all confirmation messages will again be displayed Check For Program Update Checks the eForms website www AvanTax ca eForms if an update has been posted and prompts for download amp installation if one is found 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 3 6 Getting Started 39 Diagnostics and File Locations 127 Displays the locations of data import output settings and system files noting folders where users have access rig
178. he original data e Process the return select Cancelled as the status of slips to include only cancelled slips in the submission Additional Data Do the following if data already submitted to CRA or RQ is found to be incomplete e Create a new company to contain the additional data The name of the new company can be the same as it was on the original submission as long as you enter a unique company tag on the Company Setup 54 page to allow eForms to distinguish between them e Add or import the additional slips as required the status of the additional slips must be Original If you are importing data into eForms ensure that the REPORTCODE or SLIPSTATUS field contains O for CRA and RL 1 returns or R for Revenu Qu bec returns other than the RL 1 e Make no changes to the original data e Process the return for the new company select Original as the status of slips to include only original slips in the submission 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 92 AvanTax eForms 2013 Electronic Filing Electronic Filing Preparation MENU REPORTS gt form type gt ELECTRONIC FILING or MENU ELECTRONIC FILING gt CANADA REVENUE AGENCY or REVENU QUEBEC NOTE During setup you should complete the Electronic Filing Page 1221 of the User Setup Options submenu of the Setup menu if you plan to submit returns electronically Much of the information required by eForms for electronic file processing is contained there To access
179. hers Inability to enter data loss of session preferences printing errors and program failure while preparing XML submissions Basic Information Various information about your computer and eForms will be displayed in this section Product Name Name of eForms version installed Release Version number and release date of current eForms installation Check for Program Updates Clicking this button will check the eForms website to see if a newer eForms release is available Your license allows you to download and install any 2013 eForms release Authorization Code Your current authorization code Change Code Clicking this button clears your current authorization code and exits eForms you will be O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Setup to Configure eForms 129 prompted to enter an authorization code upon restarting eForms Current Username eForms logon name of current user Windows Version Version of Windows currently installed Screen Resolution The size of your computer s display in pixels Horizontal X Vertical Screen DPI Dots or pixels Per Inch resolution of your display System Information Clicking this button opens the System Information utility installed with all versions of Windows to display advanced system information Database Folders Your current and recent databases and their location are displayed in this section e Current Database Name and location of the database currently open i
180. hts insufficient to allow eForms to operate properly Authorization Code and Purchase History Opens your account at our secure web store to view your authorization code version for each purchase of eForms T4 TimeSaver Usage Information Provides the option to send program usage information to the development team to help improve eForms Excel Import Templates XLS Opens the included templates for data import Standard amp Enterprise About Displays current status of eForms including Program version and release date Authorization Code Program Installation Path and Current Database Toolbar File Edit View Company Forms Reports Electronic Filing Tools Setup Windows Help Current company Demo ABE EA Oooo Data entry sequence lofi us Start Page WE T4 vx The Toolbar appears directly below the main menu and enables quick single click access to frequently used functions Any item that is greyed out is not currently available C t pany mt er Company Name Displays the current company name use the drop down arrow to select from the list of companies Select a different company Opens the list of companies highlight the desired company and click Select E Add a new company Opens the Add new company dialog window 71 Edit company information Opens the Edit company information dialog window ni W Print current form Opens the Print dialog window for the currently open form an Rev
181. i tn ln entre de ete aaaea iena adaa ne 25 Registrations RS 27 User Names and PaSSWOrdS 25555rcccrerr mnt genes la ici 28 Main Meni A ne tan etn ne eg ee 29 Common Feature vicecieccevccsccsdcseccessosesserescesescecsoncedctveussrseepeavesvesuiessestapenscessussrdeceesseceancstvecesneseuspenpesseseeseeviaxcedse 29 File Menu 31 EditiM nu os dea deed tae 32 View Menu ias 33 Company Menu ssceecsseceeseeesesseeseeeseerseeneee 33 Forms Menu oia acia 34 Reports Menu csscsscessseesssesseeesseessseessneees 34 Electronic Filing Menu 35 Tools Menu iii nas 36 Setup Menu c ccesccscceeeseesneesnceneeneeeceeeeeseee 36 Windows Menu 37 A NO 37 Toolbar A a ey 39 Use f Special Keys ii Haccadacadtetdadeciicad anaa Pe aaa Eanan ida i daanan dadida 40 A CTET O E E 40 Split Sereen Options a sis cise ceecc sees ssaee cee sx cece ee Stee ie ira 41 Emering Dita E E cele a aaa thy 41 Overriding Calculated Fields uasan aa aaea aoea a eae nee aee aeaaaee ea Ka eaaa e eneen aetas 42 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Contents 5 Part IV Working with Databases 44 1 Special Instructions for eForms Lite isissnennnnnenennnennnns 44 2 Opening a Database ns rise ii suet ressens ane 44 3 Creating a Database A nvveabeveccdevescsstecbecteaders 44 4 Closing a Database enanas ias 45 5 Converting a Database 00 05 e a e ini 45 6 Configure Databases ise 2 ii en radar 46 7 Backup and Res
182. ic return can only continue if all Critical Errors have been repaired 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Electronic Filing 95 WE Start Page i Electronic Filing E Validation Report ee oras Cie rm Sees View wamings then click Next to proceed Electronic Filing Validation Warnings Database C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents T4 TimeSaver NET 2009 Data Demo T09N Printed 2 22 2010 at 10 52 AM Returns T4 Companies DEMO The following items are wamings only and need not be corrected in order to file the selected data However while the data in your selection does technically pass CRA s validation requirements for filing electronically items in this list may indicate other types of errors in the data Click here for more information Company information for DEMO Address is missing Postal code is missing End of report Pressing the Next button on the Validation Report available only if no Critical Errors have been found will create the XML file Once the XML file has been successfully created the Internet Filing dialogue will be displayed M Start Page F Electronic Filing x Step 6 Your XML Submission File Your XML file is ready for submission The filename is 2012_T4_Demo_5 xml Itis in the following location C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents AvanT ax eForms 2012 XML Output Core opos vow tue Aivances _ Ifyou are ready to submit the file cli
183. ich you can backup or restore a database Repair Database Checks currently open or a selected database and repairs any damage Check Data Integrity Checks integrity of data in currently open database does not validate the accuracy of entered data Repair User Database Checks database storing user information user name session status amp etc and repairs any damage 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 32 AvanTax eForms 2013 3 5 3 Event Viewer Enterprise Allows the system administrator to view data events of the system Print This Form CTRL P Sends currently open form to the default printer Exit Closes all open forms and dialogues and exits eForms The names of the most recently used databases are shown below the Exit item of the File menu the name of the current database is shown beside eForms 2013 in the program s title bar Items that are greyed out are not available because i The function is not supported by the installed eForms version ii The function is not required by the current form iii A database has not been opened or iv No data has been entered Edit Menu The Edit Menu will not be activated until a company has been created using the Company menu Edit View Company Forms Tools Set Add Slip Ctrl A Es Delete Slip Ctrl D Select Slip from List Ctrl S List Valid Options F2 Override Calculated Field F4 Revert First Slip Ctrl PgUp Previous Slip PgUp Next S
184. ield in question and pressing the F4 key or double clicking any field indicated by The background colour of the field will change to indicate the calculated value has been overridden To revert to the calculated value press F4 or double click in the field To revert all fields on the form to their calculated values click on the Recalculate button In either case you will be asked to confirm the return to the calculated value 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Part IV Working with Databases AN TIMESAVER 4 1 4 2 4 3 44 AvanTax eForms 2013 Working with Databases Special Instructions for eForms Lite eForms Lite is restricted to a single database named LITE T13N which can contain a maximum of 5 companies and up to 25 of each type of slip T4 T4A T5 RL 1 amp RL 3 per company To convert a 2012 eForms Lite database use the Open Database option of the File menu to browse to the location of the 2012 database LITE T12N to convert and open it The Database Conversion 104 window will open to complete the conversion To determine the location of your 2012 eForms Lite database open the 2012 eForms Lite program and use the File Locations option of the Setup menu Opening a Database MENU FILE gt OPEN DATABASE Before you can use eForms you will need to open a database Choose Open Database from the File menu and browse to the path and folder that contains the desired database Select or type the na
185. if you wish to access the file through your operating system for any reason Converting a Database MENU FILE gt CONVERT A 2012 DATABASE AvanTax eForms Basic Standard amp Enterprise Only When you open a T12N eForms database you will asked if you wish to convert the database into the 2013 eForms database format a Convert Last Year s AvanTax eForms Databases Eo fs Databases to Convert Source folder Destination folder Browse Set the destination folder to the source folder Select database s Select All to convert ETB Select None Cancel Conversion Options Advanced V Initialize fields zero amounts remove Amended etc Clear CPP Exempt boxes 7 Clear Do not adjust CPP boxes Clear El Exempt boxes Clear Do not adjust El boxes vi Roll forward prior year UCC and capital account amounts on federal and Quebec partnership returns Retain company filing status from last year Source Folder 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 4 6 46 AvanTax eForms 2013 Location of the database to be converted if you are unsure of its location you can either use the Browse button or open the 2012 eForms and use its Setup gt File Locations menu to display the database location Once the source has been specified all 2012 databases in the source folder will be displayed in the Select which file s to convert section Any or all databases may be selected for c
186. ific to your installation of eForms namely e Node Installation Indicates with Yes or No whether eForms is a network node installation installed running NETNODE EXE from the folder created during a Network Administrator 207 installation e Program Path Location where eForms is installed Buttons Along the bottom of the Diagnostics screen are the following buttons e Folder Status Summary Performs a live test on each folder for appropriate user access rights possible results are Status OK User has Read Write Modify access rights for the folder You cannot write to this folder User does not have Read Write Modify access rights to the folder Folder does not exist or you do not have rights to see it The folder is either non existent or the user has insufficient access rights to see or access the folder DLL Versions Reports the names and versions of the Dynamic Link Libraries DLL installed with eForms Clear MRU List Clears the list of recently used databases Close Closes the Diagnostics screen without saving changes Restore Defaults Restores the default settings Save Changes Saves changes 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 130 AvanTax eForms 2013 11 6 11 7 Change Authorization Code MENU SETUP gt CHANGE AUTHORIZATION CODE This feature is available to all users in the Basic version and to the user logged in as ADMIN in the Standard or Enterprise version Use this feature to
187. igible dividends TAXABLE Tax able amount of dividends other than Currency eligible dividends CREDIT Dividend tax credit for dividends other Currency O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 156 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading Description than eligible dividends OTHERINCOME Other income FOOTNOTE1 FOOTNOTE1 FOOTNOTE2 FOOTNOTE2 FOOTNOTE3 FOOTNOTE3 Other boxes where is one numeral 1 to 6 OTHERCODE Other code OTHERAMOUNT Other amount for code ITCCODE Investment tax credit code EMAILADDRESS Recipient email address OKTOEMAILSLIP Permission granted to email slip COMPANY NAME1 Company associated with slip COMPANY COMPANYTAG Tag associated with company name SLIPTAG Subset tag Type Size Currency Text 30 Text 30 Text 30 Currency Text 1 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 Comments amp Examples 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 157 12 4 8 T4 8 RL 1 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T4 RL 1 data is imported with T4 data see bottom of this table 15 for RL 1 specific fields Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SIN PROVEMP EMPNUM EMPCODE CPPWEEKS SLIPSTATUS TAXY
188. igure a database so 1 cannot be opened by programs ase Al others will be restricted Foms datab other than Avan Tax el Data Security Lite amp Basic Owner Database creator ADMIN Change Owner Data Security Standard amp Enterprise Security in eForms Lite and Basic is limited to locking the current and user databases so that they can be accessed only from within eForms The Data File Security option in eForms Standard and Enterprise can restrict access to any database to selected users When the Restrict access to the current database option has been selected only users with a check beside their name will be able to access the current open database Use the ADMIN user account to set access restrictions for any database regardless of ownership The owner of a database typically its creator has the ability to set access restrictions for that database The ownership of any database can be changed to enable any other user the ability to set access restrictions Contribution Rates and Constants MENU SETUP gt CONTRIBUTION RATES AND CONSTANTS 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Setup to Configure eForms 127 US Start Page 43 Constants y Xx The following rates and constants are in effect for all users of AvanT ax eForms Canada Pension Plan Quebec Parental insurance Plan CPP contribution
189. il consent checkbox checked in the Advanced tab Enterprise Only e Subset tag print only slips with the entered subset tag Enterprise Only When only one company is selected the slips that match the selection you have made will be listed in the box on the left this box will be empty if multiple companies are selected If you chose to print Selected Slips click on the box beside each name you wish to select to put a check mark in the box and to have the name appear on the list on the right Include inactive nil slips Check this box if you want slips to print for recipients who have no dollar values on the slip Sort slips by Choose the order in which you wish the slips to print from the given options The options will change depending on the type of slip to be printed 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Producing Returns amp Reports 79 8 5 1 Copies Choose which copies of the slips you wish to print by checking one or more of the boxes The options will change depending on the form selected Options Group output by Choose to group the slips by copy number or by company Print test pattern Check this box if you wish to test alignment settings for the selected form French instructions on copy 2 3 Check this box to print recipient filing instructions in French Available only on forms printing three slips per page Include country in Canadian addresses Enables printing CAN as part of the addr
190. in address Text 3 CAN USA etc SLIPSTATUS Status of slip Text 1 O Original A Amended or C Cancelled YEAR Year Numeric 4 2013 ACTUAL Actual amount of non eligible dividends Currency 24 TAXABLE Taxable amount of eligible dividends 25 Currency CREDIT Dividend tax credit for eligible dividends Currency 26 ACTUAL_E Actual amount of eligible dividends 30 Currency TAXABLE_E Taxable amount of eligible dividends 31 Currency CREDIT_E ne tax credit for eligible dividends Currency CAPGAINS Capital gains for loses 34 Currency OTHER Other income 35 Currency FORFEITED Forfeited due to withdrawal 36 Currency FOREIGNINCOME Foreign non business income 37 Currency FOREIGNCAPGAINS Foreign capital gains or losses 38 Currency FOREIGNTAX Foreign non business tax 39 Currency SPECIFIEDEMP Specified employee Yes Yes No Yes selects option SPECIFIEDEMPNO Specified employee No Yes No No de selects option SIN Canadian social insurance number 12 Text 9 TEXTATTOP Optional text to print at top of slip Text 15 EMAILADDRESS Recipient email address Text 255 eForms Enterprise only OKTOEMAILSLIP Permission granted to email slip Yes No eForms Enterprise only COMPANY NAME1 Company associated with slip Text 35 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 167 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples COMPANY COMPANYTAG Tag associated with company name Text 10 eForms Enterprise
191. includes all the features of eForms Basic and offers greater flexibility by adding batch electronic filing multi user networking data import and partnership forms eForms Standard is used by more firms across North America than any other eForms version AvanTax eForms Enterprise eForms Enterprise is an enhanced version of eForms Standard and has been designed to meet the data entry reporting and management needs of even the largest organizations With enhanced reporting and forensic analysis capabilities eForms Enterprise is THE tool of choice for professionals across Canada At any time during the 2013 tax season you can upgrade or downgrade to a eForms version that better meets your needs you will be invoiced or refunded for any difference in cost excluding shipping charges Databases are fully interchangeable between eForms Basic Standard and Enterprise If you are moving to or from eForms Lite ELM s technicians can import the databases for you for a modest fee if necessary 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 14 AvanTax eForms 2013 1 1 3 1 AvanTax eForms Version Comparison AvanTax eForms Version Comparison Chart 201 3 Features eForms eForms eForms eForms may change without notice LITE BASIC STANDARD ENTERPRISE Platform See note 1 Windows Max number of companies PR Unlimited Unlimited Max number of slips per return 25 Unlimited Unlimited User friendly data entry Identi
192. inking field When linking field is missing or not found Import Close 7 Browse to the location of the CSV file you just created 8 Indicate which sheet in the CSV file you wish to import data from The Type of data records in this sheet field should indicate the correct data type automatically 9 eForms Enterprise Only Indicate whether you wish to Import into current company Import into a new company or Import into companies in the Company Name1 column If you select Import into a new company you will be prompted for a new company name You will need to edit the company profile at a later time to complete the data entry for the company information If you select Import into companies in the Company Name1 column the data for each slip will be imported into the company indicated in the Company Name1 column 10 Click Import eForms will add the slip data to the indicated company If there are already slips of the selected type in the company the imported data will be appended as additional slips A summary for the return will be created or updated as required If you have a company with 10 T4 slips and you import 15 more T4 slips eForms 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 114 AvanTax eForms 2013 updates the T4 summary with the totals of all 25 slips Add Update Options eForms Enterprise Only eForms Enterprise enables a far more granular data import than other versions Using eForms Enterprise it is possible t
193. inting status Selects companies based on whether or not slips and or summaries have been printed It is also possible to limit this selection to a specific date range o Slips and Summaries Printed Slips and Summaries have been printed o Slips and or Summaries not Printed Slips and Summaries have not been printed Select on company category Selects companies based on their company category company category is user defined and is entered on the Company Setup screen Select companies with active slips Selects companies which have at least one active non zero slip of the type specified in the Filter applies to selection list Clear All Clears all flags set through the Filter button Select Used to choose between e All Companies All companies will be included in the tool action e Current Company Only the current company will be included in the tool action 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Getting Started 31 e Most Recently Used Only the most recently used company will be included in the tool action e Selected Companies Only selected companies will be included in the tool action User Defined Groups Allows the user to define a group of companies such as all companies under the authority of a specific individual and save that group for future reports The buttons in this section have the following function Save Saves changes to the current group Rename Renames the current group List List
194. ired FIRSTNAME Recipient first name individual Text 12 Type 1 INITIAL Recipient initial Text 1 Type 1 ADDRESS1 Address line 1 Text 30 ADDRESS2 Address line 2 Text 30 CITY City Text 28 PROV Province code Text 2 POSTAL Postal code including space Text 10 COUNTRY Country in address Text 3 CAN USA etc PAYMENTS Construction subcontractor payments 22 Currency SIN Recipient s ID number BN or SIN 24 Text 15 SLIPSTATUS Status of slip Text 1 O Original A Amended or C Cancelled RECTYPE Recipient type Text 1 1 Individual 3 Corporation 4 Partnership PARTNERSHIPID Parnership s Filer ID Text 9 TEXTATTOP Optional text to print at top of slip Text 15 EMAILADDRESS Recipient email address Text 255 eForms Enterprise only OKTOEMAILSLIP Permission granted to email slip Yes No eForms Enterprise only COMPANY NAME1 Company associated with slip Text 35 eForms Enterprise only COMPANY COMPANYTAG Tag associated with company name Text 10 eForms Enterprise only SLIPTAG Subset tag Text 10 eForms Enterprise only O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 181 12 4 21 TFSA Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain TFSA Heading CONTRACTNUMBER SLIPSTATUS LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SIN BIRTHDATE ACCOUNTCLOSEDTHISYEAR ACCOUNTCLOSEDTHISYEARN
195. it user settings Create a new database Add a company to the database Find databases Enter or import data Convert a 2012 database Create and file retums Convert multiple databases Check for Program Updates Recent Databases Not ch Si Ss Not ci ecked since startup Test DB T13N Check for program update now Update checking is OFF View version history notes 5o to downloads page _ select close Hide Search and Filter Instructional videos User guide 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 54 AvanTax eForms 2013 You can also select a company by clicking on the company name displayed in the toolbar A list of companies in the current database will appear click on the desired company to select it File Edit View Company Forms Reports XYZ Advertising H EVE ABC Accountin us o Signs R Us 2 The Sleep Inn 5 XYZ Advertising 5 3 Company Setup MENU COMPANY gt COMPANY SETUP Company information is entered in three sections General 54 Adjustment Options 55 and Advanced 6 5 3 1 General MENU COMPANY gt COMPANY SETUP gt Tab 1 Enter the full name and address of the company in the space provided ud Start Page 4d Company l vx Company Setu p Demo Company 1 General 2 Adjustment Options 3 Adv
196. itions of this license You may not a modify adapt translate reverse engineer decompile dinannambla ne neanta darambira sarien hanad an tha nennenm ne hi inann I accept the terms in the license agreement I do not accept the terms in the license agreement Ts tess Confirm amp Complete the Installation Confirm the installation by clicking Next at which point the installation will complete Click Cancel to cancel the installation or click Back to modify installation parameters 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 2 1 22 AvanTax eForms 2013 J AvanTax eForms 2013 InstallShield Wizard 52 8 AvanTax eForms 2013 InstallShield Wizard gt E 1 AvanTax eForms 2013 InstallShield Wizard Es Ready to Install the Program OCT snstaling avantax eForms 2013 O InstallShield Wizard Completed The wizard is ready to begin installation ee The program features you selected are being installed y Click Install to begin the installation Ed Please wait while the InstallShield Wizard installs AvanTax eForms 2013 A ANTAX The InstallShield Wizard has successfully installed AvanTax This may take several minutes eFORMS eForms 2013 Click Finish to exit the wizard If you want to review or change any of your installation settings dick Back Click Cancel to exit the wizard pone ees Y Launch AvanTax eForms 2013 lt Bak Gistal_ _ conca B Finish
197. ject you to substantial liability under the applicable legislation of the jurisdiction in which the program is being used All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners You are permitted to use the program on any or all computers at or associated with a single location a unique street address with no restriction on the number of users Use of the program at affiliates branch offices or other locations a secondary street address is prohibited unless a separate license has been purchased for each location in question Warranty Information We warrant to you for ninety 90 days from the date you received the software package that the package contains an accurate reproduction of the program and the copy of the User Manual is accurately reproduced The program itself is excluded from our warranty To obtain replacement of these materials you must i return the inaccurate package or copy of the User Manual to us within the warranty period or ii first notify us in writing within the warranty period that you have found an inaccuracy and then return the materials to us This limited warranty only covers the original user of the software package and we make no other warranties expressed or implied ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES RELATING HERETO ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THIS NINETY DAY WARRANTY PERIOD REPLACEMENT OF THE DISK CONTAINING THE PROGRAM OR USER MANUAL IS YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND SOLE MEASURE OF RECOVERABLE DAMAGES Disclaim
198. justed column on the T4 and or RL 1 slips when you view them and be printed on the T4 and or RL 1 slips when they are printed Undo Adjustments Select Undo Adjustments to remove the adjustment information from the T4 and or RL 1 slips and revert them back to the originally entered values Refresh Data Use this button to update any company data that may have changed since the Print Adjustment Report window was opened Refer to the following topics for detailed information on how each adjustment option affects entered data e CPP QPP Adjustment Options ss e El Adjustment Options 577 e PPIP QPIP Adjustment Options 57 e Transfer Over Remittance 587 E Filing History Report MENU REPORTS gt E FILING HISTORY REPORT The Electronic Filing History Report enables you to produce reports indicating slip types that have been submitted to CRA or RQ electronically and submission dates O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 84 AvanTax eForms 2013 WE Start Page 12 E Filing History x Y DEMO DEMO PETER Select Selected Companies y Filing Status Fiter CearAl User Defined Groups Save As Exception Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected lt Less Retums to be Included Dates to be Included Preview Pant Select Al E T4 Y T5 TIR gt CI 0 EAT C o RRSP Y T2200 MR 11 16 2011 fav Clear Al TI T3 Y T2202A AR To L T4A Z T5007 7 R T4ANR
199. justment Options Adjust CPP El PPIP differences greater than Adjustments to CPP QPP El or PPIP QPIP will be made only if they exceed the value entered here No adjustments will be made if the difference between the calculated amount and the entered amount for CPP QPP El or PPIP QPIP is less than or equal to this value and the unadjusted values will be reported The default is 1 00 Adjust CPP EVPPIP to calculated amounts even if there is insufficient tax to offset the adjustment Adjustments increasing the amount entered for CPP QPP El or PPIP QPIP will be taken from income tax deducted When this option is selected entered values will be adjusted to the calculated amounts even if insufficient tax exists to make up the difference If there is insufficient tax to cover the adjustment to CPP QPP El and PPIP QPIP the difference will be posted to the T4 Summary The shortfall is made up of the increase in the employer s contribution and the increase in the employee s contribution which was not offset by tax The employer must make up the difference when filing the Summary and collect the under contributed employee s portion from the employee Maximum amount by which tax may be reduced Enter the maximum amount by which tax may be reduced For example Enter 100 00 to limit tax decreases to no more than 100 00 The default is 9 999 99 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Entering Company Payer Information 59 5 3 3 Ad
200. ks as the CPP QPP Adjustment Option on the Adjustment Options 55 section of the Company Information 105 CPP QPP Pensionable Earnings amp El Insurable Earnings As of January 1 2012 for the 2011 taxation year and following data must be entered for CPP QPP Pensionable Earnings and El Insurable Earnings Values entered for Gross Pay will automatically be entered as CPP QPP and El Earnings or the annual maximum if Gross Pay is larger You can override the calculated CPP QPP and El Earnings by using the override icon within each field When overridden the CPP QPP and El Earnings fields will not be changed when Gross Pay is changed CPP QPP El and PPIP QPIP Exempt Boxes Check any combination of the CPP QPP El and PPIP QPIP Exempt boxes as appropriate for the current employee e Do not check the CPP QPP exempt box if you entered an amount in T4 box 16 CPP T4 box 17 QPP RL 1 box B or T4 box 26 RL 1 box G Check CPP QPP exempt only if the earnings were exempt or ineligible for the entire period of employment e Do not check the El Exempt box if you entered an amount in T4 box 18 RL 1 box C or T4 box 24 Check El exempt only if the earnings were exempt or ineligible for the entire reporting period of employment e Do not check the PPIP QPIP Exempt box if you entered an amount in T4 box 55 RL 1 box G or T4 box 56 RL 1 box l Check PPIP QPIP exempt only if the earnings were exempt or ineligible for the entire reporting period of
201. lable for sorting will vary by the type of slip The slip currently displayed will remain on the screen File Edit View Company Forms Tools Setup Reports Windows Help ett Company HEGE ies 40 OO rn E Data Entry Sequence Name Employee Number S LN Selecting Slips Use the Select Slips function to select a specific information slip from those entered for the current company Slips can be selected by one of the following methods ra e click on the Find Slip icon in the icon toolbar A 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Entering Recipient Payee Information 65 e select Select slip from list from the Edit menu e press CTRL S In each case a list of all recipients for the current company will be displayed to the left of the data entry screen any slip can be displayed by selecting the desired recipient from this list Slips are listed in the current sort order Common Data Fields amp Buttons The T4 data entry screen below is shown as an example fields displayed will not appear on all data entry screens l Start Page Y 48 Ta YX Evi T4 Statement of Remuneration Paid _GotoT A Gowri Adut NetPey GotoSummay cose Demo Status
202. lag from all slips making them non exempt Clear Do not adjust CPP boxes Removes the Do not adjust CPP flag from all slips allowing them to be adjusted Clear Do not adjust El boxes Removes the Do not adjust El flag from all slips allowing them to be adjusted Roll forward prior year UCC and capital account amounts on federal and Quebec partnership returns Standard and Enterprise Copies contents of federal and Quebec partnership into the 2013 database Retain company filing status from last year Imports the company filing status information Entered Filed etc for all returns Configure Databases MENU FILE gt CONFIGURE DATABASE AvanTax eForms Basic Standard amp Enterprise Only You can use the Configure Database option to reduce the size of eForms databases by de selecting returns you do not intend to prepare submissions for Doing this will considerably improve the performance of various database operations within eForms and may also have a beneficial impact on overall program performance 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 4 7 Working with Databases 47 4 x ul Start Page JWS Configure Database Configure Database lets you select the return types to be included in the current database Selecting only the returns you need will speed up processing in certain parts of the program You may return to reconfigure this database at any time Select Retums for Current Dat
203. lectronic Filing 93 Step 2 Select Returns to File You can select any number of return types to include by clicking on the checkbox beside each return type to be included in the electronic submission Step 3 Check Setup Options Transmitter Setup Pressing this button will allow you access to the information stored on the Electronic Filing 921 page of the User Settings 1311 submenu of Setup 1 menu where you can add or edit as required Clicking on the OK button will return you to the electronic filing dialog box Set Output Folder Use this option to customize the destination where eForms will save the XML output for this report Step 4 Set Filing Options Select the Method of Submission Choose the media by which the return s will be submitted to CRA Note eForms Basic allows only the Internet as a destination for electronic filing eForms Standard and Enterprise allow CD DVD or Diskette as well e Internet data will be validated for consistency with CRA requirements and if no errors are found an XML file will be created in the output folder specified above e CD DVD or Diskette data will be validated for consistency with CRA requirements and if no errors are found an XML file will be created on your hard drive which you may then copy to CD DVD or diskette See the section on CD or DVD Filing 02 for details If you are filing more than 50 slips you cannot file on CD or DVD and must file over the Internet NOTE You
204. lects option 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 152 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading Q12ANO Q12BYES Q12BNO Q12CYES Q12CNO Q12DYES Q12DNO Q13AYES Q13ANO Q13BYES Q13BNO COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description D D DO D DOD DOD 12 Apprentice No 12 Designation Yes 12 Designation No 12 Purchase Tools Yes 12 Purchase Tools No 12 Used for work Yes 12 Used for work Yes 13 Forestry Yes 13 Forestry No 13 Provide Saw Yes 13 Provide Saw No Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 Comments amp Examples No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option Yes selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 153 12 4 6 T2202A Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T2202A Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SLIPSTATUS PROGRAMNAME
205. lip PgDn Last Slip Ctri PgDn Insert Company Address Shift F6 Copy Employee Information F7 Paste Employee Information Shift F7 Add Slip CTRL A Adds one slip of the current type to the current return Delete Slip CTRL D Deletes the currently open slip Select Slip from List CTRL S Displays a list of all slips of the current type from which one may be selected for display List Valid Options F2 Lists valid inputs for any selected field flagged with the ad icon Override Calculated Field F4 Allows the entry of custom data into a calculated field Revert Removes changes made to the current slip after the most recent save First Slip CTRL PgUp Displays the first slip in the current sort order Previous Slip PgUp Displays the previous slip in the current sort order Next Slip PgDn Displays the next slip in the current sort order Last Slip CTRL PgDn Displays the last slip in the current sort order Insert Company Address Shift F6 Pastes the address of the current company into the displayed slip Copy Employee Information F7 Copies employee name and address data from the displayed slip 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Getting Started 33 Paste Employee Information Shift F7 Pastes copied employee name and address data into the displayed slip Items that are greyed out are not available because i The function is not supported by the installed eForms
206. ll Getting Started AN TIMESAVER eFORMS Getting Started 25 3 Getting Started 3 1 AvanTax eForms Start to Finish Here is a quick list of the steps to follow to get you started in using eForms to prepare your return 1 Obtain eForms by e ordering through the online store https www avantax ca store store aspx st T4 a credit card will be required e faxing a completed order form to us at 416 495 0044 e contacting ELM Computer Systems Inc 15 Tel GTA 416 495 1624 Toll Free 800 268 3211 Email support elmcomputers com e downloading the eForms installation file from the eForms download page eForms Downloads 2 Follow the installation instructions 1 to install eForms 3 Create a database 4 if no 2012 database will be rolled forward to the 2013 eForms Once you create a database you must create a company s3 before you can begin to enter slip information s summaries will be calculated as slips are entered 4 Enter data into the database by either e rolling data forward 451 from the 2012 eForms e importing 103 data from a CSV XLS XLSX or XML file e or entering the data manually Print an Edit List 791 to check data for errors and correct as necessary Run the Adjustment Report 82 if desired to calculate CPP QPP PPIP amp El for T4 and RL 1 slips Prepare the XML 2 file required for submissions of 50 slips or more Prepare any necessary paper slips 7 and paper summaries 8
207. ll boxes containing taxable benefits Other deductions if any are entered manually on the Net Pay form when Net Pay is being displayed Link between T5 and RL 3 slips The first option Link T5 slips with associated RL 3 slips for this company allows you to link or unlink T5 slips to their associated RL 3 slips By default they will be linked to each other With the second option Synchronize dollar amounts between T5 and RL 3 slips for this company checked the default the numeric data is synchronized between T5 amp RL 3 pairs if a dollar value is changed on a T5 slip its corresponding value on the associated RL 3 slip will also be changed If this box is unchecked synchronization of numeric data will no longer take place numeric data changed on a T5 slip will not cause changes on the associated RL 3 slip Non numeric data will always be synchronized NOTE All T5 and RL 3 windows must be closed before applying this option 5 4 Delete Company MENU COMPANY gt DELETE COMPANY Delete the current company and all slips and summary forms associated with the company by selecting Delete 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 8 60 AvanTax eForms 2013 Company from the Company menu You will be given a warning and asked to confirm the deletion of the company by typing the word DELETE Confirm Delete E Do you want to delete the company noted below Note that all tax slip information
208. llation must have read write access to all network resource involved in the installation 3 The logon account for any eForms user must have read write modify access to any folder containing eForms databases 4 The logon account for any eForms user must have read write modify access to any folder used by eForms including the program installation folder 5 In a Network Administrator installation the logon account for any eForms user must have read write modify access to the eForms Network Administration installation folder Installing eForms from CD To install eForms from the CD follow these steps 1 Make a copy of the original CD media and store the original in a safe place 2 Close all open applications to avoid possible conflicts with the installation program If you close any security applications prior to installation remember to restart them once eForms has been installed 3 Insert the copied installation CD in an appropriate drive 4 The installation program should start automatically please follow the steps below if it does not a Click on the Windows Start button usually in the lower left corner of your display b Start the Windows Run dialogue by one of the following methods i In Windows XP select Run from the Start Menu ii In Windows Vista 7 type Run in the Search box iii In any version of Windows hold down the Windows key left of the space bar with the Windows flag logo and press the letter R c Type drive eF
209. ly Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R22 Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY TAXYEAR SIN REFNO VALUEMULTI VALUEPRIVT FROMDATE1 TODATE1 FROMDATE2 TODATE2 FROMDATE3 TODATE3 REPORTCODE SERIAL SERIALORIGINAL SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG Description Recipient last name Recipient first name Recipient initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Year Social insurance number Recipient s ID number Value of coverage rec d under multi employer insurance plan Value of coverage received under private health services plan Protection periods 1st start date Protection periods 1st end date Protection periods 2nd start date Protection periods 2nd end date Protection periods 3rd start date Protection periods 3rd end date Status of slip Relev No of paper slip Relev No of previously filed paper slip user entered Relev No of XML slip Relev No of previously filed XML slip Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Type Size Text 30 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Text 1 Text 9
210. me type 2 6 8 7 Second recipient first name type 2 6 amp 7 Second recipient initial type 2 6 8 7 Indicate second entity is individual type 2 6 amp 7 Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country code Taxation year Report code 21 Recipient type 23 First recip SIN ID or Business 22 Second recip SIN ID Is interest from Fed Qu savings bonds Other ID Recipient Number R3 Am t of non eligible dividends B Am t of eligible dividends C Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Required type 3 4 amp 5 Text 30 Text 20 Required type 1 2 6 amp 7 Text 12 Text 1 Yes No Text 20 Text 12 Text 1 Yes No Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Numeric 4 2013 Text 1 R Original A Amended or D Cancelled Text 1 1 Individual 2 Joint account 3 Corporation 4 Assoc n trust club or partnership 5 Gov t or int l org 6 Spouse or trust settlor of deceased person 7 Holder of joint account other than 2 Text 15 Text 15 Yes No Text 12 Currency Currency 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 189 Heading INTERESTR3 CAPGAINSR3 OTHERR3 FORINCR3 FORTAXR3 ROYALTIESR3 ACCRUEDR3 CURRENCY TRANSIT SERIAL SERIALORIGINAL SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS TEXTATTOPR3 Description Interest from Cdn sources D Capital gains dividends I Other income from Cdn sources
211. me of the database to be opened in the File name field You can open databases with the following filename extensions T12N Previous year s 2012 eForms database T13N Current year s 2013 eForms database When you open a 2012 eForms database you will be asked if you wish to convert the selected database to a 2013 eForms database If you do so a new 2013 database will be created with the same name as the source database and will contain all of the company and employee information of the source database The source database will not be modified If no database exists you will not be able to use eForms until you create a database by selecting New Database from the File menu NOTE If you cannot access most items under the Company Menu the likely cause is that no database has been opened You can only create a company or enter company information when a database is open Likewise you will only be able to enter forms once a company has been created Creating a Database MENU FILE gt NEW DATABASE AvanTax eForms Basic Standard amp Enterprise Only A eForms database is a collection of the data for one or more companies in a single file on your computer Each database can contain the data for numerous companies and you can create as many databases as you wish To create a database select New Database from the File menu First select the folder in which you want to store the database You can select any local or network folder available to
212. ment within the provided fields The unit of measure is inches where 0 10 represents 1 10 of an inch Positive numbers will move the print to the right horizontally or down vertically Negative numbers will move the print to the left horizontally or up vertically Refresh Data Use this button to incorporate any additions deletions or changes made to the company list or changes made to individual slips since the Print window was opened Output Folder Pressing this button will open the folder where the PDF files will be stored Advanced Use this button to set advanced print settings Slip amp Return Types When you select the Reports menu you will be presented with a list of all currently active forms see Configure Database 4 for details on activating forms additional reports will appear at the bottom of the list Selecting any slip or return type will display all valid reports for that slip type in a sub menu from which you can choose the desired report 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 78 AvanTax eForms 2013 WS Start Page 23 TA Slips 2 page YX Companies Y Demo Demo Select Current Company y Test Company Filing Status Fiter ClearAl User Defined Groups Save Rename List Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected lt Less Slips E DEMO Select Clear Al Al sins z Include inactive nil slips Subset tag m Sort
213. mpany Import transmitter information from this file into Setup gt User Import into current company Settings gt Electronic Filing e konw aryes Do not validate XML file before starting import CrS Use the Browse button to open the location of the XML file you wish to import data from Any XML file meeting the electronic data submission requirements of the CRA or RQ may be imported In rare cases the import from XML may fail due to inconsistencies between the source data and CRA or RQ requirements Import into current company Imports data into a company already existing in the current database Import into a new company Imports data into new companies in the current database You will be prompted to enter company names into which to import the data once the import has completed you must edit the company to complete the data entry of the company information Import transmitter information from this file into Setup gt User Settings gt Electronic Filing If selected imports transmitter information included in the source XML file into the current database Do not validate XML file before starting import If selected validation of the source XML data will be skipped otherwise imported data will be checked for errors 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Tools to Manipulate Data 115 This may allow some error conditions to be bypassed Import Begins importing data using the settings provided What happens
214. mport file If no existing recipient is found matching the linking field you can use the When linking field is missing or not found option to either stop processing the import data or skip the record for which no linking field is found 10 5 2 Open Excel Templates MENU TOOLS gt IMPORT EXPORT DATA gt OPEN EXCEL TEMPLATES eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only This menu item opens the Excel import templates using your default spreadsheet editor The templates were installed with eForms in a subfolder named DB in the same folder where eForms was installed Use the Excel import templates as a guide in creating an import file that can be used to import data from third party applications into eForms The Excel import templates also contain a sheet with sample data as an example of how data on the sheets should be entered NOTE Use your spreadsheet editor s Save As function to save the spreadsheet containing your data under a different filename Failure do this will cause the Excel import template to be overwritten by the file containing your data making your import data available to all other users of eForms as well as permanently deleting the Excel templates 10 5 3 Import from CSV File MENU TOOLS gt IMPORT EXPORT DATA gt IMPORT FROM CSV FILE eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only For evaluation purposes eForms demo installations and eForms Basic can import the first three records of a CSV file NOTE Microsoft Excel does not n
215. n be modified by the end user and depending on the Reader version you are using the following tips might help improve printing speed when using Adobe Reader 1 Print the document as an image To do this a Click on File in Adobe Reader b Click on Print c Click on the Advanced button beside the printer name in Adobe Reader s print dialogue d Select the option to Print as image and click OK 2 Reduce the print resolution dpi or dots per inch To do this a Click on File in Adobe Reader b Click on Print c Click on the Properties button beside the printer name in Adobe Reader s print dialogue d The actual location will vary from printer to printer but there should be a setting to change print quality or resolution 300dpi is a good working minimum Many printers default to 1200dpi or higher the amount of data that the printer must process is reduced by 75 each time dpi is halved Data Prints Outside of Fields on Pre Printed Forms When using Preview and Print Adobe Reader will be used to print PDF reports To ensure accurate data placement you must first turn off all scaling options within Adobe Reader This will allow the printed reports to meet the requirements of CRA and RQ Failure to do so may result in data printing outside of many fields and cause your submission to be unacceptable Scaling is not a concern when using the Quick Print button to send reports directly to your printer as this will use eForms internal printing functi
216. n eForms e Recent Databases Names and locations of previously opened databases clicking on the arrow at the end of this line displays the full list of databases System Folders This section lists each of the folders used by eForms and lets the user open any folder in Windows Explorer by clicking on the button labeled with the folder name In the Standard and Enterprise versions the user logged in as ADMIN can use the Edit button to change the location of any folder from its current value Other users can use the Edit button only for folders where the ADMIN user has checked the box Allow users to set their own folder In eForms Basic all users can use the Edit button We do not recommend changing system folder locations unless you have been directed to do so by one of our technical support team System folders are e Default Data While eForms can open data files from any location accessible to the user s computer new data files will be saved to this folder Backups Backup files created by eForms are saved in this folder XML Output XML files created by eForms are saved in this folder PDF Output PDF files created by eForms are saved in this folder User Settings User s session preference files are saved in this folder System Settings eForms system settings are saved in this folder Temp Folder Temporary files created by eForms are saved in this folder Installation Information This section lists information spec
217. n you click NEXT button Your notes about this submission Here you can enter any information you wish to record about this XML file Cancel Cancels the submission process deletes the XML file and returns you to eForms Finish Only available when one of the three radio buttons in Step 8 has been chosen when clicked it will return you to eForms after confirming whether or not you wish to update the filing status for the company ies included in the XML submission There is no need to submit a transmittal report T619 form with electronic returns Electronic Filing for Revenu Qu bec Steps 1 through 6 are identical to electronic filing for Canada Revenue Agency 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 98 AvanTax eForms 2013 WE Start Page JV Electronic Filing x Step 1 Select Companies to File CE ns Inc Select Selected Companies y Filing Status Fiter Cearan User Defined Groups Save Rename List E Display and process in selection sequence O selected lt Less Step 2 Select Returns to File Suppress total calcs 1 Relev test file MESA ALS E RLA6 F RL 24 E RL2 E RL 11 E RL 18 E RL25 RL3 RL 15 RL 22 RL 27 Step 3 Check Setup Options Trensmiter Setup 2 Set Relev Number 2 Comar 2 2 Sle me ico See agde submitted E Only process slips selected fo
218. nclosed Enter the amount that will be enclosed with the submission Adjustment Status The T4 Summary will reflect the adjusted values if ALL slips for the company have been adjusted If only some slips have been adjusted the summary will reflect the unadjusted values for all employees This information will appear in the box on the upper right corner of the T4 Summary data entry window Refer to Applying Adjustments to T4 and RI 1 Slips 7 for more detail Person to Contact About this Return The default contact information entered on the New Company Defaults 20 page of the User Settings 120 submenu of Setup 1 menu will appear in this area If no default information was entered these fields will be blank Certification The default certification information entered on the New Company Defaults 120 tab of the User Settings 120 submenu of Setup 3 menu will appear in this area If no default information was entered these fields will be blank Please note that the Date on summary field is for display purposes only in order to print a specified date on the summary you must use the Print this date option in the Options section in the lower left corner of the Printing Summary Reports st screen Filing Status Button Clicking on the Filing Status button displays a window where the filing status of the current return for the current company can be selected Changes made to the filing status apply only to the current return for th
219. nged Options Select All T4 Change tax year to T4A PP T4 provi l Clear All 5 Change T4 province of employment to R3 Initialize slips zero amounts remove Amended etc Fix El insurable eamings on T4s Also clear any existing overides Fix CPP QPP pensionable eamings on T4s Also clear any existing overrides Fix CPP QPP pensionable eamings on RL 1s Change slip type to M Apply Close Refer to the section Company Selection 75 for details on selecting companies to be included in this process Use the Global Changes Slip Information tool to modify the taxation year and province of employment and or initialize data on slips of any return types that exist for any companies in the current database The return types to which the changes will be applied can be selected from Slips to be Changed The desired changes are entered as appropriate under Options Clicking on Apply will apply the changes to all selected companies Changes made using this tool can not be undone Options only a single option can be selected at a time Change tax year to The year on all selected slips will be changed to the indicated year when this box is checked Change T4 province of employment to The province of employment on all selected slips will be changed to the indicated province of employment when this box is checked Initialize slips zero amounts remove Amended etc Check this box to initialize all selected slips to contain only name
220. nly one company If you have multiple submissions each submission must be submitted in a separate envelope Multiple envelopes may be taped together for simplified mailing Submissions should be sent to Direction g n rale du traitement et des technologies Revenu Qu bec 3800 rue de Marly secteur 2 2 0 Qu bec Qu bec G1X 4A5 Telephone 418 659 1020 or 1 866 814 8392 Fax 418 646 0713 Email edi Revenu Qu bec gouv qc ca 5 Do not send Revenu Qu bec paper copies of any returns that have been filed electronically 6 You must send Revenu Qu bec a paper copy of the summaries by mail Form RLZ 1 S V can be transmitted using a Clic Revenu online service 7 If corrections need to be made to a submission that has already been sent to Revenu Qu bec contact the department above for further information Using Sequence Relev Numbers in Electronic Returns The Revenu Qu bec assigns sequence numbers to filers of electronic returns as opposed to paper returns where sequence numbers are assigned to ELM Computer Systems and re distributed among eForms users You have 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 102 AvanTax eForms 2013 the option to set the electronic sequence number by using the Set Serial Number button on the Electronic Filing screen for the Relev in question simply click on this button and you will be able to enter the appropriate sequence number from the range assigned to you by the Revenu Qu bec
221. ns 571 e Transfer Over Remittancel ss Reversing Adjustments MENU REPORTS gt T4 or RL 1 gt ADJUSTMENT REPORT gt UNDO ADJUSTMENTS button There are two methods of reversing the adjustments that have been made to T4 and RL 1 slips Once complete all adjusted values will have been returned to their original values e Reverse the adjustment on an individual adjusted T4 by clicking the Unadjust button on the T4 data entry form The adjusted CPP QPP El and tax values will be hidden e The adjustments on all of the slips for the company can be reversed by selecting Adjust Unadjust T4 Slips from the Company menu and clicking the Undo adjustments bution 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Part VIII Producing Returns amp Reports AN TIMESAVER 8 2 Producing Returns amp Reports 73 Producing Returns amp Reports Print Performance amp Quality Optimizing Printing Speed You may find that printing speed sometimes leaves something to be desired Unfortunately there is nothing you can do to improve printing speed when using the Quick Print option as this process uses a PDF printer built into eForms that cannot be adjusted by the end user If you use the Preview and Print option instead you may be able to improve print speeds slightly as this process previews all print jobs in Adobe Reader and uses the print routines in Adobe Reader to send the data to the printer The print settings for Adobe Reader ca
222. ns the Import from CSV dialogue CSV User guide Opens the Import from CSV 112 section of the eForms user guide XML Import CRA Import data from a CRA XML file XML Import RQ Import data from an RQ XML file XML User guide Opens the Import from XML 114 section of the eForms user guide How Can We Help You A selection of help options and resources e Instructional Videos Accesses training videos available from the eForms website English only http www avantax ca eForms Videos Video html e User Guide Opens the AvanTax eForms User Guide that was installed with eForms e Technical support 151 Provides quick access to Technical Support resources e Diagnostics 127 Displays file locations noting folders with insufficient access rights to allow eForms to operate properly Registration The registration screen will be displayed each time you start eForms until an authorization code is entered Without an authorization code eForms will operate as a demo all data entered into the demo will be retained upon authorization An authorization code must be entered before full functionality is activated Enter the authorization code issued to you by ELM Computer Systems 151 to register your copy of the program You can receive your authorization code by one of the following methods 1 The authorization code will be displayed in your Internet browser after successful completion of your order at the AvanTax eForms Online Store
223. nses for exploration in the north NQUEBEC Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 30 Text 30 Text 30 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 CAN USA etc Numeric 4 2013 Text 10 Text 1 1 Individual 2 Other Text 1 R Original A Amended or D Cancelled Required type 2 Required type 1 Text 9 Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 192 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading EXPENSESSHAREISSUE BOXA1 BOXA2 BOXB1 BOXB201 ID359 DATERENUNCIATION SERIAL SERIALORIGINAL SERIALMM SERIALMMPREVIOUS TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP PDFFILENAME EMAILSTATUS ISSELECTED COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Share issue expenses Renewable and conservation expenses Qu bec exploration expenses not giving additional deduction Qu bec development expenses Flow through shares issued after March 11 2005 ID number assigned to form CO 359 10 Date on which the renunciation takes effect Relev number of paper slip Relev number of previously filed paper slip user entered Relev number of XML slip Relev number of previously filed XML slip Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Filename of slip pdf file Email delivery status Check to select this
224. nt Barth lemy Saint Helena Ascension amp Tristan da Cunha Appendices 139 U S Dollar USD Euro EUR Ouguiya MRO Mauritius Rupee MUR Euro EUR Mexican Peso MXN U S Dollar USD Moldovan Leu MDL Euro EUR Tugrik MNT Euro EUR East Caribbean Dollar XCD Moroccan Dirham MAD Metical MZN Kyat MMK Rand ZAR Australian Dollar AUD Nepalese Rupee NPR Euro EUR Neth Antillian Guilder ANG CFP Franc XPF New Zealand Dollar NZD Cordoba Oro NIO CFA Franc BCEAO XOF Naira NGN New Zealand Dollar NZD Australian Dollar AUD U S Dollar USD Norwegian Krone NOK Rial Omani OMR Pakistan Rupee PKR U S Dollar USD Balboa PAB Kina PGK Guarani PYG Nuevo Sol PEN Philippine Peso PHP New Zealand Dollar NZD Zloty PLN Euro EUR U S Dollar USD Qatari Rial QAR Euro EUR New Leu RON Russian Ruble RUB Rwanda Franc RWF Euro EUR Saint Helena Pound SHP O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 140 AvanTax eForms 2013 Egypt Egyptian Pound EGP El Salvador El Salvador Colon SVC Equatorial Guinea CFA Franc BEAC XAF Eritrea Nakfa ERN Estonia Kroon EEK Ethiopia Ethiopian Birr ETB Manne Falkland Is Pound FKP Faroe Islands Danish Krone DKK Fiji Fiji Dollar FJD Finland Euro EUR France Euro EUR French Guiana Euro EUR French Polynesia CFP Franc XPF French Southern Terr Euro EUR Gabon CFA Franc BEAC XAF Gambia Dalasi GMD Georgia Lari GEL Germany Euro EUR Ghana Cedi GHS Gibraltar Gibraltar Pound GIP Greece Euro EUR Greenl
225. nts 7 REMOVE SNIPS PA me O nn A aAa da a Eaa Sar Eonia a naasen 109 5 import Export Dala soseen anen E Ea AEE REA EAEan aa 109 Import fiom Excel File iccicisusccscssscevssnsscacasecaesndseusedccousdaceipauteovoedantsavnaddontedunavndseseusasnactevadedseteasncncabesevespenteaneceses 109 Open Excel Templates did 112 Import from AAA A AO Tn a dede de tre ete nee eet 112 Import from XML File ss cvaisscciccivesccsccccesontscacesasadcecevassscsecsutecreaisesuecdeacbevacessesssvacssdneedunssudtddsaudddestdsset ecasavcctstiecsetsnve 114 Export Datta sicccsncctiicaseeseosieicuvsdcessotdeadestsnndesncvdebaesachconsuadaspenseisendeeGeaisatcadeonradsadvedbetuspsstausideselibceesbedsadsdeelespaspeatdetoay 115 6 Import User Information from Last Year s eForms rene 115 7 Create Slips from Another TYpe isinsmennnnenennnnennnnsnnennness 116 8 Event ViGWe re iii e mena hante london ENEE 117 9 Find Database ont nn aioe ee ne 117 Part XI Using Setup to Configure eForms 120 A nn en tdi cits seceseunanessducasacbevecteds 120 New Company Defaults Page 120 T4 Adjustment Defaults Page 120 Data Entry Pages occoccccnncncnnanonos 121 Electronic Filing Page 122 Options sn en nn chy ec dei whee cee seated dead haces sr re es aa 124 2 User Administration a adidas 125 3 Data File SeCU mN 5088800 nn nr ee e e aa ae nt net ttes lle te 126 4 Contribution Rates and ConstaNMtS occonccc
226. nu Setup Windows Help Setup Windows Help User Settings User Settings Data File Security User Administration Contribution Rates and Constants Data File Security Diagnostics and File Locations Contribution Rates and Constants Change Authorization Code Diagnostics and File Locations Edit Setup Files Change Authorization Code Language Change Your Password Edit Setup Files Setup Menu Lite 8 Basic Language gt Setup Menu Stamdard amp Enterprise User Settings Configures per user settings for New Company Defaults 12 T4 Adjustment Defaults 12 Data Entry Electronic Filing 92 and other Options 12 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Getting Started 37 User Administration Standard amp Enterprise Opens User Administration 125 dialogue to create modify or delete user accounts manage database access restrictions and create a default user template Contribution Rates and Constants Edit Contribution Rates and Constants 126 used in CPP QPP PPIP 4 El calculations amp adjustments Diagnostics and File Locations Displays the folders 127 used by eForms for data output amp settings Change Authorization Code Used to enter a new or replacement Authorization Code 130 Change Your Password Standard amp Enterprise Changes the current user s password 130 Edit Setup Files Use only when directed to do so by eForms technical support to edit System Settings 131 Paths 137 and User
227. nvironments where greater data privacy is required You can change the password at any time by selecting the Change Your Password 130 option from the Setup 3 menu Please keep track of your password as it is difficult to recover if misplaced Users can use the language button at the top right of the logon screen to toggle between the English or French user interface The language can also be changed using the Language 131 item of the Setup menu 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Getting Started 29 3 5 3 5 1 Set Password 3 Show Typing Enter new password Confirm password We recommend creating a strong password A strong password is atleast6 characters long and contains a mixture of upper and lower case letters numbers and special characters You may use the following characters Lower case letters a b c z Upper case letters A B C Z Numbers 0 1 2 9 Special Characters amp _ Each user name is associated with a corresponding user profile which contains the settings current database screen layout print destination amp etc associated with that user Each user can establish their own preferences and default values by selecting User Settings 125 from the Setup 36 menu Upon installation eForms Standard and Enterprise will create the ADMIN user account The ADMIN user account has access to high level maintenance and administrative func
228. ny Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain the word COMPANY Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples NAME1 Line 1 of company name Text 35 NAME2 Line 2 of company name Text 30 CAREOF Care of line of address Text 30 ADDRESS1 Line 1 of address Text 30 ADDRESS2 Line 2 of address Text 30 CITY City Text 28 PROV Province code Text 2 ON QC BC POSTAL Postal code including space Text 10 COUNTRY Country code Text 3 CAN USA DEFPROVEMP Usual province of employment Text 2 ACCOUNTNO Business number Text 15 EIFACTOR Employer s El rate Numeric 8 4 digits 4 decimals CATEGORY Company category code used to group Text 10 companies for printing amp etc WEBCODE Web Access Code recorded here for Text 6 reference ACCOUNTNO Business number RP Text 15 123456789RP0001 ACCOUNTNORZ Account number for T5 T5007 T5008 amp Text 15 123456789RZ0001 RRSP returns RZ ACCOUNTNORZ_T5013 Account number for T5013 returns RZ Text 15 123456789RZ0001 ACCOUNTNORZ_T5018 Account number for T5018 returns RZ Text 15 123456789RZ0001 ACCOUNTNORZ_TFSA Account number for TFSA returns RZ Text 15 123456789RZ0001 ACCOUNTNONR Non resident tax account number NR Text 15 NR 123456 NEQ Qu bec Enterprise number Text 10 IDNOQ Qu bec Identification number and file Text 16 1234567890RS0001 number RS ADJCPPOU Adjust CPP QPP if over max or under Yes No Mut
229. o import data into an existing company without overwriting data already existing for that company Add new slips to the database Data for the slip in question will be added to the data existing in eForms Enterprise as a new slip If the slip already exists in the eForms database it will be overwritten Update existing slips based on linking field eForms Enterprise Only This option will update existing data in the eForms Enterprise by use of the linking field The linking field can be any field that is unique to each recipient such as SIN During the import existing data for the recipients indicated by the linking field will be updated with the data appearing in the import file If no existing recipient is found matching the linking field you can use the When linking field is missing or not found option to either stop processing the import data or skip the record for which no linking field is found 10 5 4 Import from XML File MENU TOOLS gt IMPORT EXPORT DATA gt IMPORT FROM XML FILE eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only You can use the XML Import tool to import data from an XML file From the Tools menu choose Import Export Data then Import from XML File and finally whether you wish to import CRA shown or RQ data Sd Start Page 42 Import XML CRA x File to Import Select an XML file containing one or more retums of the following types NR4 RRSP T3 T4 T4A T4A NR TARIF T4RSP T5 11204 T5007 T5008 T5018 TFSA Browse Co
230. ocess in selection sequence 1 selected lt Less Options 3 Preview Print Detail Summary Detail report Zi Detalreport gt Adjust Sips Sort slips by Name y oe LUndo Adjustments Refresh Data cose Refer to the section Company Selection 757 for details on selecting companies to include in this report 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 8 6 Producing Returns amp Reports 83 Refer to the section Printing Options 77 for details on Quick Print Preview amp Print and other options Options Select whether you require a detailed or summary report and whether you wish the results to be displayed in Name S I N or Employee Number order Preview Print Perform the adjustment calculations and create the adjustment report The adjustments will be made according to the adjustment options you have entered for the company See Setting Adjustment Options ss for further information about the adjustment options The report will appear as a PDF file on your monitor The report can be saved to file printed exported or emailed from the preview window Adjust Slips Adjusts the CPP QPP and El for all of the employees in the selected companies without producing the Adjustment Report The adjustments will be made according to the adjustment options you have entered for the company See Setting Adjustment Options ss for further information about the adjustment options The adjusted values will appear in the Ad
231. on even if the Prompt for output folder option is not selected Separate PDFs for each copy number Check this box to create a PDF file for each copy or company selected Leave unchecked to create a single PDF file The Separate PDFs for each copy number will be selected automatically if Save in Client folders has been selected Prompt for output folder Check this box to have eForms prompt you for the location where PDF files will be saved The folder will be saved when printing slips for a single company the next time you print slips for this company the prompt will display this location You will be prompted for the output folder whether or not a folder has been entered in the company record Separate PDF file for each recipient Copy 2 3 Enterprise When E Mailing Recipient Slips 8 you can use this option to create a separate PDF file for each recipient If this option is not selected then all recipient slips will be saved to a single PDF document Printing Options Quick Print Prints the selected slips directly to your default printer bypassing print preview See A Note on Printing Reports 73 for additional information Preview Print Previews the print job in Adobe Reader Use Adobe Reader s print functions to send the slips to the printer See A Note on Printing Reports 73 for additional information Adjust Margins Opens the Adjust Margins dialogue enabling you to reposition the data printed on pre printed forms for place
232. ons rather than Adobe Reader Follow these steps to turn off scaling in Adobe Reader setting description and location will vary be Adobe Reader version 1 Click on the File menu in Adobe Reader 2 Click on the Print option 3 About 1 2 of the way down there is an option referring to Page Sizing amp Handling ensure that this option is set to Actual size 4 Data should now fit in the appropriate fields throughout the form Paper Requirements The table below lists the papers that are available for purchase and the slips for which they are to be used White 3 part perforated letter All CRA slips except NR4 T4A NR and T5013 all RQ slips except RL 15 White 2 part perforated letter RA slips T4 T4A T4A NR NR4 amp T2202A White 3 part perforated legal RA slips T3 T5 T4PS T4RIF T4RSP T5007 amp T5008 Pink 3 part perforated letter Optional for 3 part slips 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 8 3 74 AvanTax eForms 2013 Blue 3 part perforated letter Optional for 3 part slips ellow 3 part perforated letter Optional for 3 part slips lain blue letter Optional for summaries lain pink letter Optional for summaries 34 X 9 window envelopes RA slips T4 T4A NR4 T4A NR amp T2202A Using Sequence Relev Numbers on RL Slips Sequence numbers printed on Relev slips are assigned by eForms from a range supplied to ELM Computer Systems by Revenu Qu bec as each slip is printed Depending on the
233. onversion Data in the source database s will be copied into a new database in the 2013 format no changes will be made to the 2012 database s Destination Folder Location of the converted database The conversion process will save the original database into the 2013 format and save it to this folder Set the destination folder to be the source folder Checking this box will force eForms to use the Source Folder as the Destination Folder 2012 databases will not be overwritten a new database in the 2013 format will be created from the 2012 database Databases for multiple years can safely coexist in a single folder Select Data file s to be Converted Select the file s you wish to convert by checking the box beside the database name eForms will create a new file with the same name but with a T13N extension in the destination folder Only the selected file s will be converted when you click the Convert button Initialize fields Zero amounts remove Amended etc You can choose to set all dollar values to zero or remove any amended markers by checking the boxes in this section data for any unchecked element will be brought forward into the 2013 database Check in the appropriate box es to clear the CPP exemption fields the El exempt fields or initialize the partnership forms Clear CPP Exempt boxes Removes the CPP Exempt flag from all slips making them non exempt e Clear El Exempt boxes Removes the El Exempt f
234. oose the type of information slip for which to enter data by selecting it from the Forms menu The following sections describe the various functions used while entering and manipulating slips Forms available are dependant on the version of eForms that has been installed refer to About eForms 11 for a list of forms available in each version Add Slips MENU FORMS gt form type gt form type Slip You can enter as many slips for each company as necessary in an eForms Basic Standard or Enterprise database eForms Lite is limited to 25 slips of each type T4 T4A T5 RL 1 amp RL 3 per company Use the Add Slips function to create a new information slip of the type currently being viewed for the active company Once a slip is displayed nw slips can be added by one of the following methods e click on the Add Slip icon in the icon toolbar o e select Add Slip from the Edit menu e press Ctrl A e press PgDn Deleting Slips MENU TOOLS gt GLOBAL CHANGES gt REMOVE SLIPS Individual slips may be deleted by using any one of the following e click on the Delete Slip icon in the icon toolbar e select Add Slip from the Edit menu e press Ctrl D Refer to the Remove Slips 109 section for more information on this topic Sorting Slips During data entry or review of slip information you can modify the sequence of the slips by selecting the desired field from the drop down list at the right end of the icon toolbar The fields avai
235. or amended slip For federal information slips and the RL1 amp RL3 provincial Qu bec information slips the options are e O Original designation on CRA information slips R on RQ information slips e A Amended designation on CRA amp RQ information slips e C Cancelled designation on CRA information slips D on RQ information slips Errors and Warnings Messages regarding incomplete or missing data will be displayed in this area Optional text to print on the slip Enter optional text that you wish to have printed at the top of the slip Unique Data Fields amp Buttons Other Income Record other income in the boxes provided at the bottom of the window The type code of the income should be indicated in the Box field with the corresponding Amounts directly beside Press F2 or double click the box field to display a list of available codes See your Tax Guide for a list and description of appropriate type codes SIN Validation Most forms eForms will check the validity of the SIN entered and will display the contents of the SIN box in red if the SIN is invalid You can however ignore the warning and continue to enter other information The formula used to test the value of the SIN is found in the CRA Publication Formulae for Federal and Provincial Deductions for Computer Users When the detailed adjustment report is printed or displayed there will be an asterisk beside any invalid SIN values Status of Slip Most Forms
236. orms User Guide PDF fet Instructional Videos Internet Sites AvanTax eForms Download Program Updates Technical Support Options AvanTax eForms Technical Support Send Email to Technical Support AvanTax eForms Purchase Send Error Log to Technical Support Canada Revenue Agency Request Remote Control Session Revenu Qu bec x Adobe Reader Download Reset Quick Tips Reset Report and XML Messages Adobe Reader Customer Support Check for Program Update Diagnostics and File Locations Authorization Code and Purchase History Usage Information Excel Import Templates XLS About AvanTax eForms User Guide HTML Displays a searchable list of all help topics AvanTax eForms User Guide PDF Displays the PDF User Guide that was installed at the same time as eForms Instructional Videos Opens your Internet browser to view the training videos on our website Internet Sites Lists a selection of product and tax related websites e AvanTax eForms Download Program Updates Download eForms updates from the eForms website www AvanTax ca eForms AvanTax eForms Technical Support Displays eForms technical support 157 contact information AvanTax eForms Purchase Opens your Internet browser to our online store for those using the demo eForms Canada Revenue Agency Open the Canada Revenue Agency website Revenu Qu bec Open the Revenu Qu bec website e Adobe Reader Download Download Adobe Reader from t
237. orms enables its users to easily enter or import data process data for specific errors and submit paper and or electronic returns Originally written for MS DOS in 1988 T4 TimeSaver was rewritten for Windows in 1997 and subsequently updated to use the NET framework v 2 in 2007 In 2011 T4 TimeSaver was rebranded to AvanTax eForms to better reflect its multiple forms capability If you have need of one of our older versions all eForms T4 TimeSaver releases from 1997 onward are available from the downloads page on our website www AvanTax ca eForms The AvanTax eForms development team is committed to providing software for producing Canadian information returns that is superior to any other system With that in mind eForms has been designed from the ground up to provide a solid foundation for ongoing product development and simplify the addition of new product features New features in the 2013 version of eForms include Five new forms have been added RL 11 RL 22 RL 24 RL 27 amp TP 64 3 V Databases may now contain multiple companies with the same name by means of the Company Tag field COMPANY COMPANYTAG The Edit List report has been given a filter enabling it to include only those slips which meet the filter conditions The option to print CAN with the street address has been added this is required when mailing from some countries into Canada Slip reports include two new filters e No email consent Prints only those slips for which
238. orms2013Setup exe where drive designates the drive containing the installation CD in the Run dialogue d Click OK to begin installing eForms Installing eForms from the Internet To install eForms from the Internet follow these steps 1 Download the installation package from our website eForms Downloads if your Internet browser gives you the choice to save or run the installation package save it to a location you can remember for the next step 2 Close all open applications to avoid possible conflicts with the installation program If you close any security applications prior to installation remember to restart them once eForms has been installed 3 Start the Windows Run dialogue a Click on the Windows Start button usually in the lower left corner of your display b Start the Windows Run dialogue by one of the following i In Windows XP select Run from the Start Menu ii In Windows Vista 7 type Run in the Search box iii In any version of Windows hold down the Windows key left of the space bar with the Windows flag logo and press the letter R c Type locatiomeForms2013Setup exe where location designates the folder where you saved the downloaded installation package in the Run dialogue d Click OK to begin installing eForms 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 20 AvanTax eForms 2013 Fil AvanTax eForms 2013 InstallShield Wizard Es Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for AvanTax eForms
239. p 37 menu your default email program will start and the database can be added to your email message as an attachment The current eForms database is displayed on the Start Page and can also be displayed using the About eForms or Diagnostics and File Locations options of the Help 3 menu Confidentiality Statement Under no circumstances will data submitted to ELM Computer Systems by its clients be used for any purpose other than the resolution of technical problems encountered during the client s use of eForms Data will neither be disseminated to third parties nor will it be used in any manner not immediately related to the resolution of these technical problems 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 1 4 1 5 16 AvanTax eForms 2013 Send Error Log You can also send ELM an error log by selecting Send Error Log to Technical Support from the Help s A log containing the details of any problems encountered during the use of eForms will be sent to our Technical Support staff for evaluation Contact English Lanquage Technical Support English technical support is available by telephone Monday to Friday from 9am to 5pm ET and by email Monday to Friday from 9am to 8pm ET We also regularly check email on evenings and weekends and will attempt to respond to emergency situations as we become aware of them English Language Technical Support Hot Line GTA 416 495 1624 Toll Free 800 268 3211 Fax 416 495 0044 Email support A
240. p Data Entry Fields 121 Slip Information Global 107 Slip Add 64 Slip Data Entry 41 Slip Delete 39 64 Slip Find 39 Slip First 39 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 216 AvanTax eForms 2013 Slip Last 39 Slip New 39 Slip Next 39 Slip Number of 39 Slip Order 39 Slip Previous 39 Slip Revert 39 Slip Select 64 Slip Sort Order 64 Slips Create from Another Slip Type 116 Slips Printing 77 Slips Remove 109 Slow Printing 73 Software Requirements 12 Sort Order 39 Sorting Slips 64 Special Icons 40 Special Keys 40 Split Screen 41 Start to Finish 25 Starting eForms 25 State Codes 141 Suggestions 12 Summaries Printing 81 Summary Edit 60 Summary Review 60 System Requirements 12 System Settings Edit 131 Te T1204 Import File Header 148 T2200 Import File Header 149 T2202A Import File Header 153 T3 Import File Header 155 T4 Slips Adjust Unadjust 60 T4 Adjusting 71 T4 Adjusting Reverse 71 T4 Adjustment Options 56 T4 Import File Header 157 T4 Reversing Adjustments 71 T4A Import File Header 160 T4ANR Import File Header 163 T4PS Import File Header 166 T4RCA Import File Header 165 T4RIF Import File Header 168 T4RSP Import File Header 169 T5 Import File Header 171 172 T5007 Import File Header 175 T5008 Import File Header 176 T5013 Import File Header 178 T5018 Import File Header 180 Technical Support 15 Template Open Excel 112 Terminal Server 12 1
241. port File Header NR4 145 Import File Header RL 1 157 Import File Header RL 11 191 Import File Header RL 15 193 Import File Header RL 16 197 Import File Header RL 17 199 Import File Header RL 18 201 Import File Header RL 2 186 Import File Header RL 22 203 Import File Header RL 24 205 Import File Header RL 25 207 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 214 AvanTax eForms 2013 Import File Header RL 27 209 Import File Header RL 3 172 188 Import File Header RL 8 189 Import File Header RRSP 147 Import File Header T1204 148 Import File Header T2200 149 Import File Header T2202A 153 Import File Header T3 155 Import File Header T4 157 Import File Header T4A 160 Import File Header T4ANR 163 Import File Header TAARCA 165 Import File Header T4PS 166 Import File Header T4RIF 168 Import File Header T4RSP 169 Import File Header T5 171 172 Import File Header T5007 175 Import File Header T5008 176 Import File Header T5013 178 Import File Header T5018 180 Import File Header TFSA 181 Import File Header TP64 183 Import File Headings 142 Import Files Introduction 142 Import Last Year s User Information 115 Import CSV 112 Import Excel 109 Import XML 114 Improve Print Speed 73 Installation 19 Installing Updates 22 K Keys Special 40 L Language Toggle 131 Last Slip 39 Last Year s Data Convert 45 License Agreement 16 Location File 127 Magnetic Media CD or DVD 102 Magn
242. ps that match this condition Field Condition Value SQL clause Set Filter Clear Filter Cancel 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Producing Returns amp Reports 81 8 5 2 Summary MENU REPORTS gt form type gt form type SUMMARIES To print the Summary Form to be sent with the slips to CRA select the appropriate type of summary from the list in the Reports menu and then choose the report from the list of available reports A dialog box will open which will allow you to select which Summary forms you wish to print and the number of copies you wish to print 4d Start Page 2 T4 Summaries Y X Companies Y Demo Demo Select Current Company X Test Company _Fiing Status Fiter Clear Al User Defined Groups Save Rename List Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected lt Less Slips Included In Totals Select All slips Print nil summaries also Subset tag Copy and Printer Selection Quick Print Y Copy 1 Paper Type Plain paper Plain letter size A Preview Print Y Copy 2 Printer prntserver HP LaserJet 4 y es Copy 3 Paper Source Automatically Select y tees Adjust Margins Options PDF File Options Refresh Data Group output by Copy number x Save PDF files A a Save in client folders L Output Folder Print this date 6 12 2013 A Print test pattem Separate Pdf file for each copy number Advanced Pause printing bet
243. r special efiling on the Advanced tab E Only process slips with this subset tag on the Advanced tab Step 5 Prepare and Validate Submission File XML Fie and Validation Report Validation options UE Start Page 3 Company 42 Electronic Filing x Step 6 Your XML Submission File Your XML file is ready for submission The filename is 13009070029 XML Itis in the following location C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents AvanT ax eForms 2013 XML Output Print ED 400 V XML Fie Repot ViewXMLFle Advanced Step 7 Submit Your File to Revenu Qu bec Ifyou are ready to submit the file click on the button to open the Internet filing web page Otherwise proceed to Step 8 Go to the Intemet filing web page Submit file directly to RQ How to submit your XML file Step 8 Record the Submission in Your Database Selectwhatyou have done or plan to do with this XML file D 1 have submitted this file online to MRQ The submission number from the Confirmation of Receipt is D Iwill submit this file to Revenu Qu bec later D This file will not be submitted The program will delete it Your notes aboutthis submission Step 7 Submit your File to RQ You have a choice of two methods for submitting your XML file to Revenu Qu bec Manually submitting it to the RQ website or submitting the file directly to RQ from within AvanTax eForms Click on Go to the Internet filing web p
244. rannuation 16 0 00 Recipient s corporation or partnership name Lump sum payments 18 0 00 Self employed commissions 20 0 00 Income tax deducted 22 0 00 Annuities 24 0 00 Fees for services 48 0 00 Optional text to print on the slip Other information boxes E View only the following boxes e 9 26 28 107 116 Bigible retiring allowances 26 0 00 Non eligible retiring allowances 27 0 00 Other income 28 0 00 Check the box View only the following boxes e g 26 28 107 116 to display only the selected Other Information Boxes To select which Other Information boxes are displayed enter the appropriate number or numbers separated by a comma in the View Only the Following Boxes field 6 6 4 Relev Forms Many of the Relev forms now include a series of boxes to report additional information AvanTax eForms has implemented these boxes as follows The Box field contains the designation of the additional information to be entered and the Amount and Other Information fields contain the value of the additional information The Amount and Additional Information fields are mutually exclusive you should not enter data in both fields as the contents of both boxes will print on the Relev form to which they apply and over type each other 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Part VII Adjusting CPP QPP El amp PPIP AN TIMESAVER eFORMS 7 1 7 2 Adj
245. rate 4 95 QPIP maximum insurable eamings 67 500 00 CPP QPP max pensionable eamings 51 100 00 QPIP maximum employee premium 377 33 CPP QPP basic exemption 3 500 00 QPIP employee premium rate 10 559 CPP maximum employee contribution 12 356 20 QPIP employer premium rate 10 782 QPP contribution rate 5 1 QPP maximum employee contribution 12 427 60 s Taxable Dividends T5 and T4PS gross up Non eligible 1 25 Er EEE T5 and T4PS dividend tax credit Non eligible 0 133333 El mairana insureble sarings 47 40 00 E T5 and TAPS gross up Eigile 138 El maximum employee premium nr 5 T5 and T4PS dividend tax credit Bligible 0 150198 El premium rate 1 88 2 El max employee premium Quebec 720 48 El premium rate Quebec 1 52 x RL 3 gross up Ordinary 1 25 RL 3 dividend tax credit Ordinary 0 1 RL 3 gross up Eligible 1 38 RL 3 dividend tax credit Eligible 0 16422 eForms comes preconfigured with the rates and constants set by legislation for 2013 Using this utility the rates and constants as required to enable preparation of returns using 2014 rates and constants when eForms 2014 is not yet available ie To submit returns after a business closing midway through 2014 Click the Defaults button to return all rates and constants to their 2013 legislated values 11 5 Diagnostics and File Locations MENU HELP gt DIAGNOSTICS AND FILE LOCATIONS 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 128 AvanTax eForms 2013 ud
246. rbian Dinar Seychelles Rupee Leone Singapore Dollar Euro Euro Solomon Is Dollar Somali Shilling Rand Euro Sri Lanka Rupee Sudanese Pound Surinam Dollar Norwegian Krone Lilangeni Swedish Krona Swiss Franc Syrian Pound New Taiwan Dollar Somoni Tanzanian Shilling Baht U S Dollar CFA Franc BCEAO New Zealand Dollar Pa anga Trinidad amp Tobago Dollar Tunisian Dinar Turkish Lira Manat U S Dollar Australian Dollar Uganda Shilling Hryvnia UAE Dirham Pound Sterling WST EUR STD SAR XOF RSD SCR SLL SGD EUR EUR SBD SOS ZAR EUR LKR SDG SRD NOK SZL SEK CHF SYP TWD TJS TZS THB USD XOF NZD TOP TTD TND TRY TMT USD AUD UGX UAH AED GBP 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 141 Japan Yen JPY United States U S Dollar USD Jersey Pound Sterling GBP U S Minor Outlying Is U S Dollar USD Jordan Jordanian Dinar JOD Uruguay Peso Uruguayo UYU Kazakhstan Tenge KZT Uzbekistan Uzbekistan Sum UZS Kenya Kenyan Shilling KES Vanuatu Vatu VUV Kiribati Australian Dollar AUD Vatican City State Euro EUR ae People s North Korean Won KPW Venezuela Bolivar Fuerte VEF Korea Rep of Won KRW Viet Nam Dong VND Kuwait Kuwaiti Dinar KWD Virgin Islands British U S Dollar USD Kyrgyzstan Som KGS Virgin Islands U S U S Dollar USD Peoples Dem gin LAK Wallis amp Futuna CFP Franc XPF Latvia Latvian Lats LVL Western Sahara Moroccan Dirham MAD Lebanon Leban
247. remove the current authorization code allowing you to enter a new one This would be used for example to upgrade from one version of eForms to another Use of this function does not affect the database containing any form data already entered Click Yes to delete the existing authorization code and exit the program The next time eForms is started you will be asked to enter your authorization code Click No to cancel the function and return to eForms Change Authorization Code Les To change your authorization code click Yes to remove your current code and exit AvanTax eForms When you restart the program you will be prompted for your authorization code Change Your Password MENU SETUP gt CHANGE YOUR PASSWORD eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only This feature allows a user of the Standard or Enterprise version to change their own password Type in the current password the new password and then confirm the new password by typing it again Check the Show Typing box to display the password leave it unchecked to display asterisks instead Follow the instructions given for selecting a strong password Press OK to implement the new password Press Cancel to cancel the change and revert back to your current password You will receive a confirming message Set Password 8 Current password v Show Typing Enter new password MyNew Password Strength MN Strong Confirm password MyNew Current user name is CLERK1 We
248. ription Q 16 Other expenses not on form No Q 16 Particulars Q 17 Incur shareman expenses Yes Q 17 Incur sharement expenses No Q 17 Particulars Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Comments amp Examples Yes No Text 50 Yes No Yes No Text 50 Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 186 AvanTax eForms 2013 12 4 23 RL 1 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only RL 1 data is imported with T4 data refer to section Headings for T4 157 for RL 1 import details 12 4 24 RL 2 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R2 Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SOURCE1 BENEFICIARYNUM ANNUITY BENEFIT OTHERPAYMENT REFUNDRRSPSPOUSE DEATHBENEFIT REFUNDRRSPUNDEDUCTED REVOCATION OTHERINCOME DEDUCTION TAX INCOMEAFTERDEATH LIFELONGLEARNING TAXPAIDAMOUNT SIN SIN2 HOMEBUYER REPORTCODE SERIAL Description Recipient last name Recipient first name Recipient initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country in address Source of income Employ
249. rnet browser to the eForms download page http www AvanT ax ca eForms eForms Downloads html Database Activities The name and location of the last few database opened is shown here e Current database information Displays information about the database including name location number of companies and active inactive slips e Configure current database s1 Add or remove return types to from the current database e Create a new database 44 Create a database to hold company and employee information 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 3 3 Getting Started 27 e Find database 117 Locate a database when its location has been forgotten e Convert a 2012 database 104 convert a 2012 database to the 2013 database format e Convert multiple databases 104 Allows you to convert multiple 2012 databases at the same time Recent Databases Displays the nine most recently used databases with the most recent at the top of the list My Purchase History Used to look up purchase history and authorization codes for past eForms or T4 TimeSaver versions purchased by your business Importing Data Files Import data into eForms from Excel CSV or XML source files Excel Import Opens the Import from Excel dialogue Excel Open Import Template Opens the Excel import templates included with the eForms installation Excel User guide Opens the Import from Excel l10 section of the eForms user guide CSV Import Ope
250. rovince of employment V Do not adjust PPIP Y Status of slip Y 44 Union dues V 46 Charitable donations Y 14 Employment income Y 50 RPP or DPSP registration number Y 16 CPP contributions V 52 Pension adjustment 11 1 4 Electronic Filing Page MENU SETUP gt USER SETTINGS gt Tab 4 The Electronic Filing page contains information required by eForms to submit electronic returns See Electronic Filing Preparation 27 for further information regarding electronic filing 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Setup to Configure eForms 123 US Start Page 44 User Settings YX Cancel Cl User Settings 1 New Company Defaults 2 Adjustment Options 3 Data Entry 4 Electronic Filing 5 Options m Transmitter Information Federal Name line 1 Transmitter number Name line 2 Format is MM123456 enter MM555555 if you do not have a transmitter number Address line 1 Address line 2 m Quebec City Province Transmitter number Format is NP 123456 Test Postal code Country Transmitter type 2 Filing on behalf of other filers m Accounting Contact R Identification file Name NEQ Area code phone number Lp Source of slips B Phone extension Language E RL slips are facsimiles ob
251. rrency 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 195 Heading Description Type Size Comments amp Examples BOX35_28 Assistance corresponding to box 28 Currency BOX35_29 Assistance corresponding to box 29 Currency BOX35_30 Assistance corresponding to box 30 Currency BOX35_32 Assistance corresponding to box 32 Currency BOX35_33 Assistance corresponding to box 33 Currency BOX35_34 Assistance corresponding to box 34 Currency BOX43 Capital repayment Currency BOX44 Dividend tax credit Currency BOX45 Eligible taxable capital gains on resource Currency property BOX50 Number units acquired during fiscal period Numeric 9 No decimals BOX51 Cost per unit Currency BOX53 Limited recourse amount Currency BOX54 At risk adjustment Currency BOX55 Other indirect adjustments Currency BOX60 Canadian exploration expenses Currency BOX61 Canadian development expenses Currency BOX62 Quebec exploration expenses Currency BOX63 Quebec surface mining or oil amp gas Currency exploration expenses BOX64 Exploration expenses incurred in Northern Currency Quebec BOX65 Share and security issue expenses Currency BOX66_60 Assistance box 60 Currency BOX66_ 61 Assistance box 61 Currency BOX66_62 Assistance box 62 Currency BOX66_63 Assistance box 63 Currency BOX66_64 Assistance box 64 Currency BOX71 Eligible amount Currency BOX74 Percentage interest tax credit ERS 12 digits 4 decimals Generic boxes where is two numerals 01 to 28 XB
252. rs Gus r CPP QPP Adjustment Options Transfer Over Remittance Uso ence ee nm 7 Adjust based on number of pensionable weeks 71 Maintain the net pay of the owner shareholder by increasing the gross pay of the amount added to the tax Maximum number of pensionable weeks 52 r El Adjustment Options Other Adjustment Options V Adjust El premiums if over annual maximum Adjust CPP El PPIP differences greaterthan V Adjust El premiums based on insurable eamings 1 00 Adjust CPP El PPIP to calculated amounts even if there E Adjust insurable eamings based on El premiums a is insufficient tax to offset the adjustment ff yes enter the maximum amount by which tax may be reduced 9 999 99 m PPIP Adjustment Options E Adjust PPIP premiums if over annual maximum Note Settings on this tab will be copied to C Adjust PPIP premiums based on insurable eamings each new company you set up 7 Adjust insurable eamings based on PPIP premiums Refer to the following topics for detailed information on how each adjustment option affects entered data e CPP QPP Adjustment Options ss e El Adjustment Options s e PPIP QPIP Adjustment Options 57 e Transfer Over Remittance 587 11 1 3 Data Entry Pages MENU SETUP gt USER SETTINGS gt Tab 3 Each of the data entry pages contains check boxes corresponding to the boxes on the data entry form As you
253. rt data Convert a 2012 database me g Create and file retums Convert multiple databases opa Excel Open import templates User guide Check for Program Updates Recent Databases E Not checked since startup Check for program update now Test DB T13N csv Import p Update checking is OFF User guide View version history notes Go to downloads page Import CRA Import MRQ User guide Instructional videos User guide Technical support Diagnostics Getting Started Provides quick access to the major components of eForms to prepare and file returns e Create a new database 44 Create a database to hold company and employee information e Configure current database s1 Add or remove return types to from the current database e Edit user settings 1311 Edit settings for the current user e Add a company to the database 53 Add a new company to the current database e Enter 1 or Import 109 data e Create and file returns Check for Program Updates Displays current status of Automatic Update Checking as well as links to check for and download the latest eForms release Update checking requires that your computer can access the Internet using FTP e Check for program update now Check for updates and display update status e Update checking is ON OFF Click to toggle automatic checking for eForms updates ON or OFF e View version history notes Display current release notes e Go to downloads page Open Inte
254. rt file layouts Excel templates have been installed with eForms and can be accessed via the TOOLS gt IMPORT EXPORT DATA gt OPEN EXCEL TEMPLATES menu The Excel import templates also contain a sheet with sample data as an example of how data on the sheets should be entered Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain a heading defining the type of data to import The table below shows the appropriate heading for each from included with eForms click on any form for detailed heading information Form Contents Form Contents COMPANY 43 Company data T5 171 T5 data NR4 145 NR4 data T5 amp R3 172 T5 amp R3 data RRSP 147 RRSP data T5007 175 T5007 slip data T1204 148 T1204 data T5008 176 T5008 data T2200 114 T2200 data 15013117 T5013 data T2202A 1557 T2202A data T5018 1e T5018 data T3 1155 T3 data TFSA het TFSA data T4 hs T4 data TP64 11837 TP64 data T4A 160 T4A slip data R1 T4 158 R1 data imports into T4 record T4ANR hies T4ANR data R2 186 R2 data T4ARCA 65 TAARCA data R318 R3 data T4PS 1667 T4PS data R8 h18 R8 data TARIF e T4RIF data R11 19h R11 data T4RSP het T4RSP data R15 19h R15 data R16 197 R16 data R170 R17 data R18 ot R18 data R22 0 R22 data R24 20 R24 data R25 2071 R25 data R27 205 R27 data 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 143 12 4 1 Compa
255. s 451 from 2012 into the 2013 eForms format Merge Companies Opens the Merge Companies 10 dialogue Transfer Companies Opens the Transfer Companies 10 dialogue Global Changes Make global changes to Adjustment Options 55 Contact Information 1061 Slip Information 1071 or Removes slips 1091 of any type from any or all companies Import Export Data Allows you to import or export data to and from eForms Data may be imported from Excel and XML format files you can also use the Open Excel Templates from this menu to access the Excel Templates to help you properly format an import file Data can be exported from any form into a CSV format file Import User Information from Last Year s eForms Imports user setup information from 2012 eForms into 2013 eForms installation Create Slips from Another Type under development Use Create Slips from Another Type 116 to create slips of one type from already existing slips of another type Event Viewer Enterprise Opens the Event Viewer 117 window in which significant events occurring during use of eForms can be reported Find Database Use the Find Database 7 tool to locate a database when its location has been forgotten Items that are greyed out are not available because i The function is not supported by the installed eForms version ii The function is not required by the current form iii A database has not been opened or iv No data has been entered 3 5 10 Setup Me
256. s all groups Save As Creates a user defined group prompting the user for a descriptive name Delete Deletes the current group Exception Lists all companies not currently belonging to any group 3 5 2 File Menu File Edit View Company Forms File Edit View Company Forms Open Database Open Database New Database New Database Close Database 1 Close Database Convert a 2012 database Configure Database Find Database Backup and Restore Repair Database Check Data Integrity Repair User Database Convert a 2012 database Configure Database Find Database Backup and Restore Repair Database Check Data Integrity Repair User Database Event Viewer Exit Test DB T13N Exit Test DB T13N File Menu Lite Basic amp Standard File Menu Enterprise Open Database Opens an existing 2012 or 2013 eForms database if you are opening a 2012 eForms database the Convert Databases 104 dialogue will be displayed New Database Creates a new eForms database Close Database Closes the currently open database Convert a 2012 Database Opens the database conversion tool to convert a 2012 database Configure Database Opens the Configure Database dialogue and allows the user to select the returns to be included in the current database deselecting unused returns can speed up various file operations Find Database Locate a database when its location has been forgotten Backup and Restore Opens a sub menu by wh
257. s under contract No Q 11 Particulars 12 Purchase supplies Yes 12 Purchase supplies No 12 Particulars 13 Pay substitute Yes 13 Pay substitute No 9 9 D 0 0 14 Employee office at workplace Yes Q 14 Employee office at workplace No Q 15 Employee office away from workplace Yes Q 15 Employee office away from workplace No Q 15 Performed gt 50 duties at away office Q 15 Office exclusively used to earn employment income Q 16 Other expenses not on form Yes Type Size Yes No Text 50 Currency Currency Yes No Yes No Percentag e Percentag e Percentag e Yes No Yes No Text 50 Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Text 50 Yes No Yes No Text 50 Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Comments amp Examples No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option Yes selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option No de selects option Yes selects option 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 185 Heading Q16NO Q16INFO Q17YES Q17NO Q17INFO COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Desc
258. s will have a data entry field for each box on the respective printed forms as well as control fields used by eForms Refer to the guides provided by CRA or RQ for information and regulations concerning the completion of any form In many cases a warning will be provided if the entered data is invalid Below are a number of features to make data entry as quick and easy as possible e Data on any form is automatically saved as the cursor is moved between fields and when the form is closed e The decimal point must be used when entering cents or a dollar amount with zero cents will be assumed e The current company s address can be copied to the current employee s address by pressing SHIFT F6 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 42 AvanTax eForms 2013 e The employee s address can be copied to additional slips by pressing F7 on the first slip then by pressing Shift F7 on the additional slip e The cursor can be moved to the next field by pressing either ENTER or TAB e Move the cursor to the previous field by pressing SHIFT TAB e Fields at which the cursor stops can be configured for T4 T4A T5 RL 1 amp RL 3 slips using the Data Entry 121 tab of the User Settings screen accessed from the Setup menu deselected fields will be skipped as the cursor is moved through the form 3 11 Overriding Calculated Fields Many slip and summary fields contain calculated values which can be overridden by positioning the cursor at the f
259. ser settings and authorization codes will be retained We strongly recommend that all users exit eForms prior to installing updates Failure to do so will almost certainly result in data corruption or loss NOTE If the existing installation is a Network Administrator Installation you will install the update to the server as a Network Administrator installation and all NETNODE installations will be automatically updated the next time they are started In some cases where significant program changes have been made it will be necessary to run 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Installing AvanTax eForms 23 NETNODE on all workstations you will be informed if this is required To confirm that the update has installed correctly click on the Help menu and select About A dialogue will be displayed showing the current version and its release date among other information The version information displayed should indicate the most recent installation After the update is completed you may be notified that the current database must be updated before it can be used E Check Database Structure The database must be checked before you can use it This is probably because a new version of AvanTax eForms has been installed Do you wish to proceed with the database structure check Database C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents T4 TimeSaver NET 201 1 Data Released T11N AvanTax Database Update aan Fo eee
260. sevnai danubesdcudauddsvereubuasddudseucesddeneserseu 168 QE La EC AE LEE Te LT CREER 169 AA OO 171 EA RE 3 y Te p Te CAPARO OPE NOOO NN 172 T5007 Headings 175 T5008 Headings 176 T5013 Headings 178 T5018 Headings 180 TFSA Headings 181 TP64 Headings AA NO RL 2HBAdINgS sai vicessccceascicicasesedeseocouseasnssncedenesencasoadsdvesusuadsavbardeotsasoaisadaeotuutaucudubavasenssbnsiaasajeacat asieradsdsatessidseabeaseie RL 3 A used usarandseveaddentisuddvsaud cubuceubuavadsesecsestdeadsersess PRESS Headings sete scsanacccecescteccniscescntenanecbennecdeocsedoarendscoassenassevtasecousdundubduassusuieutuevecpastiserneiactassaberadouasadsebatedeasssanezo ee RL 11 Headings RL 15 Headings RL 16 Headings RL 17 Headings RL 18 Headings RL 22 Headings RL 24 Headings RL 25 Headings RL 27 Headings Index 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Foreword Foreword We at ELM Computer Systems Inc would like to thank you for using AvanTax eForms It is thanks to suggestions from our clients both new and returning that eForms has become the quality product that it is today Thank you 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Part Introduction 1 1 Introduction 11 Introduction About AvanTax eForms Since its introduction as T4 TimeSaver in 1988 AvanTax eForms has been used by thousands of Canadian businesses each year to reliably produce CRA and Revenu Qu bec information returns eF
261. sion granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Generic boxes where is two numerals 01 to 04 XBOX XAMT XTXT Additional Information Box Box number Additional Information Box Currency data Type Size Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Text 15 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 Text 7 Currency Additional Information Box Character Text 20 data Comments amp Examples eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 188 AvanTax eForms 2013 12 4 25 RL 3 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R3 Heading NAME1 NAME2 LASTNAME1 FIRSTNAME1 INITIAL1 FIRSTINDIVIDUAL LASTNAME2 FIRSTNAME2 INITIAL2 SECONDINDIVIDUAL ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY TAXYEAR REPORTCODER3 RECTYPER3 SIN SIN2 ISINTERESTSAVINGSBONDS ACCOUNTNOR3 ACTUALR3 ACTUALR3_E Description Recipient name line 1 type 3 4 5 Recipient name line 2 type 3 4 amp 5 First recipient last name type 1 2 6 8 7 First recipient first name type 1 2 6 amp 7 First recipient initial type 1 2 6 amp 7 Indicate first entity is individual type 7 Second recipient last na
262. slip for special electronic filing Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Currency Currency Currency Currency Currency Text 12 Date Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Numeric 9 Text 15 Text 255 Yes No Text 255 Yes No Yes No Text 35 Text 10 Text 10 Comments amp Examples Mm dd yyyy eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Appendices 193 12 4 28 RL 15 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain R15 NOTE The following boxes cannot be imported but are entered on the R15 Totals page of the TP 600 V form Box 14 Box 38 Box 39 Box 42 Box 70 Box 72 Box 73 Box 75 and Box 76 Heading LASTNAME FIRSTNAME APARTMENT STREETNO STREET CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY PARNTERID REPORTCODE PARTNERSSHARE UNITSOWNED MEMBERCODE RECTYPE CAPITALSTART CAPITALCONTRIBUTED OTHERADJUSTMENTS INCOMEALLOCATED DRAWINGS BOX1 BOX2 BOX3 BOX4 BOX5 Description Family name or business name First name or line two of business name Apartment number Street number Street name City Province code Postal code including space Country co
263. st contain RRSP Heading LASTNAME1 FIRSTNAME1 INITIAL1 LASTNAME2 FIRSTNAME2 INITIAL2 ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY PROV POSTAL COUNTRY SIN1 SIN2 SAMEINDIVIDUAL SLIPSTATUS YEAR PLANNUMBER CONTRACTNUMBER CONTRIBUTORID PRIORAMOUNT CURRENTAMOUNT EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Contributor last name Contributor first name Contributor initial Annuitant last name Annuitant first name Annuitant initial Address line 1 Address line 2 City Province code Postal code including space Country code Contributor Social Insurance Number Annuitant Social Insurance Number Select if contributor and annuitant are same individual Status of slip Year of contribution RRSP specimen plan number Contract number Contributor indicator Amount from prior year Amount from current year Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Comments amp Examples Text 20 Required Text 12 Text 1 Text 20 Text 12 Text 1 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 2 Text 10 Text 3 Text 9 Text 9 Yes No No Text 1 O Original A Amended or C Cancelled Numeric 4 2013 Text 20 Text 12 Numeric 1 1 Partner has never contributed 2 Partner has contributed Currency Currency Text 255 eForms Enterprise only Yes No eForms Enterprise onl
264. station s hard drive This is the best option to choose if you do not have a network or will be using eForms on a small number of workstations NOTE Do not use the Workstation Installation to install AvanTax eForms to a Terminal Server environment See below for details 227 Network Administrator Installation Select Network Administrator from the Select Install Type window if you will install eForms on a network drive for subsequent distribution to each workstation At each workstation you will be required to run NETNODE EXE from the installation folder on the network to copy the files needed to run eForms on the workstation This is the best option to choose if many people will be using eForms on computers connected by a network NOTE Use the O Installation to install AvanTax eForms to a Terminal Server environment See below for details 227 Important Note for Network Administrator Installation To prevent User Account Control UAC a security feature of Windows Vista and Windows 7 from preventing the 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Installing AvanTax eForms 21 NETNODE EXE installation you may need to follow these steps 1 Right click on NETNODE EXE do not double left click 2 From the menu choose the option to Run as administrator 2 Click on Yes if a UAC prompt is displayed 3 NETNODE installation will begin Select Installation Folder Enter the destination folder in the Folder field this is
265. t User Specified Name T N where indicates the final two digits of the year to which the database applies The Find Database tool will search all selected drives and storage locations to find databases for the specified year If Custom is selected as a search location the Browse button at the bottom of the screen becomes active This will allow you to indicate a specific folder where the Find Database tool will begin to search and letting you avoid searching entire hard disks when some idea of the database s location is known Open Folder When one or more databases are displayed this button can be used to open the folder containing the currently highlighted database Open Database When one or more databases are displayed this button can be used to open the currently highlighted database Cancel Ends searching for databases in the specified locations Hide Progress Displays Searching as a moving progress indicator at the bottom of the screen Close Closes the Find Database screen 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Part XI Using Setup to Configure eForms AN TIMESAVER eFORMS 120 AvanTax eForms 2013 11 Using Setup to Configure eForms 11 1 User Settings MENU SETUP gt USER SETTINGS eForms Lite and Basic retain a single set of user preferences for all users of the system In eForms Standard and Enterprise each user may set their own default preferences which are linked to the user name and
266. ta the following message will be displayed ad Warning Edel The following companies T4 slips have not been adjusted Discrepancies in CPP QPP El etc if any will not be corrected Demo Do not show this again This message can be ignored if you do not intend to use the Adjustment Report 55 option of eForms on the data being submitted A validation report will be generated and displayed it can be printed if desired l Start Page 4 Electronic Filing 42 Validation Report 55 Core CE ee Submission cannot be filed Please see Critical Error Report Electronic Filing Critical Error Report Database C Users Peter Rhebergen Documents T4 TimeSaver NET 2009 Data Demo T09N Printed 2 22 2010 at 10 50 AM Returns T4 Companies DEMO The items in this list must be corrected before filing the selected data electronically Click here for information about using electronic filing validation reports Company DEMO Name on T4 Slip Peter A Edit slip Error Message Employee sumame is missing Data as entered Data is missing Saar a element is invalid The value is invalid according to its datatype char20Type The actual length is less than the MinLength End of report Processing of an electronic return will be halted if any Critical Errors are found Critical Errors are those that would cause CRA or RQ to reject the electronic return Processing of the electron
267. tained from third party Technical Contact If you intend on submitting relev s to Revenue Quebec using their web service we aia recommend that you test your setup after Area code phone number filling in the information on this form Click the A Test button above to open the file Sephora etanan transmission test screen Language E Email You are not required to submit a test file to CRA or RQ before submitting an electronic return as ELM Computer Systems has already obtained approval for the electronic return on your behalf NOTE All data fields on the left half of this screen with the exception of Name line 2 and Address line 2 as well as the Transmitter Number at the top of the right half of the screen must be filled to prevent errors when an electronic submission is created If you also file Relev returns all of the information in the Quebec section must also be entered Information entered on this screen must be accurate so as to enable the CRA and RQ to contact the filing agency with any questions about the submission Transmitter Information Enter the information for the company that will be submitting the electronic return not the company for whom the electronic return has been prepared unless they are the same company Note Do not enter any information pertaining to ELM Computer Systems in this section as we cannot help the CRA or RQ with any questions regarding the return Accounting Contact Enter name
268. th Databases 49 Restore to path Enter the folder to which you will restore the backup This can be either an existing folder containing eForms data or a new folder created specifically for the restore If you are restoring data to an existing folder please be aware that any database in that folder with the same name as one contained in the backup file will be overwritten If other users have the file open at their workstations the restore will fail If there is a password for the Backup Enter the password if any that was used to create the backup Please note that passwords are case sensitive Once all the settings have been configured to your satisfaction you can click the Finish button to restore your data Once the data has been restored you can access it through eForms Open Database 44 function Repairing a Database MENU FILE gt REPAIR DATABASE The database repair routine in eForms performs two functions It compacts databases to save space and it recovers from certain types of file corruption However situations such as physical damage to the data storage media hard drive or disks or inadvertent erasure of files cannot be rectified by database repair routine WARNING IN NO CASE SHOULD YOU RELY SOLELY ON EFORMS DATABASE REPAIR ROUTINE TO PROTECT YOUR DATA FROM ACCIDENTAL ERASURE OR ANY OTHER LOSS OR CORRUPTION YOU ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT ADEQUATE BACKUP COPIES OF YOUR DATA ARE MADE ON A REGULAR SYSTEM
269. the CPP QPP Pensionable Earnings box if any of the following types of remuneration have been included in T4 box 14 RL 1 box A remuneration paid to the employee before during the month the employee turned 18 remuneration paid to the employee after the month the employee turned 70 remuneration paid to the employee during the months the employee was considered to be disabled under the CPP QPP guidelines remuneration paid to the employee after a CPP QPP retirement pension became payable refer to Guide TP 1015 G V remuneration paid to the employee while the employee worked in excluded employment refer to Chapter 2 of Guide T4001 amounts for a clergy member s residence from which CPP QPP contributions have not been deducted any excluded income benefits or payments refer to Chapter 2 of Guide T4001 EI Insurable Earnings A value should only be entered in the El Insurable Earnings box when El insurable earnings are e not equal to zero e not equal to the amount entered in T4 box 14 RL 1 box A e not equal to the maximum El insurable earnings 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 138 AvanTax eForms 2013 12 3 Codes 12 3 1 Country Codes The following abbreviations apply to commonly used countries use OMC where none of the following apply ARG Argentina AUS Australia AUT Austria BHS Bahamas The BHR Bahrain BGD Bangladesh BRB Barbados BEL Belgium BMU Bermuda BRA Brazil VGB
270. the folder to which eForms will be installed it should be a location that is always available It is recommended that you not install eForms to removable storage of any type Click Next to proceed with the installation of eForms r E J AvanTax eForms 2013 InstallShield Wizard 537 Destination Folder Click Next to install to this folder or dick Change to install to a E Install AvanTax eForms 2013 to C Program Files ELM Computer Systems AvanTax eForms 20131 Eo em License Agreement The eForms license agreement will be displayed Review the license agreement and click Agree to continue the installation or I Do Not Agree to cancel the installation E AvanTax eForms 2013 InstallShield Wizard x License Agreement Please read the following license agreement carefully i ee AvanTax eForms formerly known as T4 TimeSaver program is owned by ELM Computer Systems Inc ELM Computer Systems grants you the registered user a nonexclusive non transferable license to use the program You are expressly prohibited from distributing the program with its authorization code to any third party regardless of whether such distribution is for profit All rights title and interest in and to the program and all documentation code and logic which describes and or comprises the program are vested in ELM Computer Systems Your right to use the program is conditional upon and limited by the terms and cond
271. tions we recommend you configure a password for this account to prevent unauthorized use of this account As we may not be able to recover a lost password for you please store the ADMIN password in a secure location Main Menu The title bar of the main window contains the name of the program and the name of the current database Beneath it is the main menu Each menu item can be accessed by clicking its name or by holding down the ALT key at the same time you depress the underlined letter of the desired menu item Each menu has a submenu of functions relating to the menu name hay AvanTax eForms 2013 Test DB File Edit View Company Forms Reports Electronic Filing Tools Setup Windows Help Items that are greyed out are not available because i The function is not supported by the installed eForms version ii The function is not required by the current form iii A database has not been opened or iv No data has been entered Common Features Many menus and reports share a common data selection panel This panel enables the user to specify a range of data that will be included in the selected report Companies Demo Demo Select Current Company x Filing Status Fiter Gearan User Defined Groups Save Rename List Save As Delete Exception _ Display and process in selection sequence 1 selected Less Filter The Filter button displays the Set Company Filter window which is used to filter the
272. to electronic filing requirements this field may be limited in length Address line 2 Enter the second line of the recipient s address if applicable Due electronic filing requirements this field may be limited in length City Province 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 6 6 66 AvanTax eForms 2013 Enter the city and province of the recipient s address Due electronic filing requirements these fields may be limited in length Valid province names are selectable from the list displayed by double clicking the province field Postal code Country Enter the postal code and country of the recipient s address Due electronic filing requirements the postal code field is limited to 10 characters to allow for both Canadian postal codes and USA zip codes and the country field is limited to 3 characters Valid country names are selectable from the list displayed by double clicking the country field Tax Year Enter the taxation year to which the slip applies Due electronic filing requirements the tax year field is limited to 4 characters Social Insurance Number Enter the recipient s SIN Due electronic filing requirements the SIN field is limited to 17 characters On some forms where the recipient has been identified as a corporation you may be required to enter the recipient s business number instead Status of Slip Relev Code Enter the appropriate code to designate whether the slip is an original cancelled
273. to import The file name is Usersettings mdb CJ Note You can locate last year s user database by starting the 2010 program Select Setup gt File Locations to see the user settings path Altematively you can search your computer for Import User the file Usersettings mdb Settings gt Len The second screen lets you specify the location of the file containing the 2012 eForms user settings as well as giving instructions on how to locate this file Once a valid user settings file has been selected you can click on the Next button to complete the import 10 7 Create Slips from Another Type MENU TOOLS gt CREATE SLIPS FROM ANOTHER TYPE Currently under development 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Tools to Manipulate Data 117 10 8 10 9 la Start Page JUS Create Slips vx Company and Types of Slips Company PetesCo y Type of slips to copy from Type of slips to create X Slips to be Copied XXXXX of YY YYY slips selected The Create Slips from Another Type function is used to create slips of one type ie T5 from already existing slips of another type ie T4 Use this function to rapidly create slips in situation where various slip types share an identical or nearly identical set of recipients Slips of another type can only be created within a single company you cannot copy slip information from one company into another company
274. tore a Database ccccccseccccceeeeeseeeseeeeseeeeneeseeeenneeseeeeneeeseeesneeseeeseneeseeeeneseenesnes 47 8 Repairing a Database ccssecccesseeeeeseseeeeeeenseeeeeeeseeeeeeeesneesesessneesesesneeesesesneesesesaneesesssneeeeessane 49 9 Check Data Integrity ce ceve ie eee nee a r ra rendre ee energie transmet 50 10 Repair User Database tr ri nt Use denses 50 11 LEVENT Viewer ais 50 Part V Entering Company Payer Information 53 Sn een remote A ere use ns tee 53 Select Company tn iio ete este ends t 53 Company Setup hits te enr eben de cote telnet en dut een Miaa E aaeh cu en soutien fentes 54 General an A ne nant rene re nee Done d a en E cee a E stat secven ceduvecpecee aaas 54 Adjustment OptiOns ii288588 aaa Sera aa deaa its 55 S tting Adjustment Options sinense aa as HER te 56 GPP QPP Adjustment Options irony mn ha a Ra Te A tt 56 EL Adjustment Options sereinement weer o aan 57 PPIP QPIP AdjustmentiOptiONS aci lA A in Arte tartes 57 Transfer Ov r RemittanCe enssins ania e a ds 58 Other Adjustment Optico a a nee he ie ERR Nea EaI aata Ad A eed 58 A 59 A Delete COMPANY nero as ansia 59 5 Adjust Unadjust TA SMS ccoo in ai ii ici 60 6 Unlock all Companies in Database rr 60 T Company Filing Status tnt ia 60 8 Viewing Editing Company Summary Information sens 60 Part VI Entering Recipient Payee Information 64 1 ASAS ire ith csi 64 2 Sn A cht eet wc ventas E ons sutancouncersnapeesaees co
275. ual CPP QPP basic exemption of 3 500 00 and is used in situations where it is not desirable or possible to enter the number of pensionable weeks on each T4 slip CPP QPP can be prorated by using the pensionable weeks option as outlined in sections B and C below Option B Adjust CPP QPP based on number of pensionable weeks select only one of options A and B If this option is selected CPP QPP adjustments will be made as shown below CPP will be calculated as CPP Pensionable Earnings Prorated Deduction x 4 95 QPP will be calculated as QPP Pensionable Earnings Prorated Deduction x 5 1 The prorated deduction will be calculated as number of pensionable weeks maximum number of pensionable weeks x 3 500 00 C Maximum number of pensionable weeks This number is the number of weeks in the employer s fiscal year and is used in the above calculation to prorate the CPP QPP basic exemption The default is 52 weeks El Adjustment Options Employment Insurance Rates El Maximum Insurable Earnings 47 400 00 El Maximum Employee Premium 891 12 El Maximum Employee Premium QC 720 48 El Premium 1 88 El Premium QC 1 52 NOTE El discrepancies are adjusted to and from tax deducted Options D and E are the defaults Option D Adjust El premiums if over annual maximum select alone or with option E or F If this option is selected the El will only be adjusted if it is greater than El Insurable Earnings x 1 88 1 52 in Qu bec
276. ually exclusive with min ADJCPPWKS ADJCPPWKS Adjust CPP QPP based on number of Yes No Mutually exclusive with pensionable weeks ADJCPPOU ADJMAXPENWKS Maximum number of pensionable weeks Numeric 2 2 digits ADJEIOVERMAX Adjust El if over annual maximum Yes No ADJEIONEARN Adjust El premiums based on El earnings Yes No Mutually exclusive with ADJEIEARN ADJEIEARN Adjust El earnings based on El premiums Yes No Mutually exclusive with ADJEIONEARN ADJPPIPOVERMAX Adjust PPIP if over annual maximum Yes No 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 144 AvanTax eForms 2013 Heading ADJPPIPONEARN ADJPPIPEARN ADJXFRSIN ADJXFRINCR ADJMIN ADJBDO ADJBDOMAX UNLINKT5RL3 Description Adjust PPIP premiums based on PPIP earnings Adjust PPIP earnings based on PPIP premiums SIN of individual to whom over remittances will be transferred Increase gross pay of individual indicated by ADJXFRSIN by amount of over remittance Only differences greater than the amount indicated will be adjusted Adjust CPP QPP El PPIP to calculated amounts even if there is insufficient tax to offset the adjustment Maximum amount by which tax may be reduced Disable numeric data synchronization between T5 and RL 3 slips No is default maintaining sync Type Size Comments 8 Examples Mutually exclusive with ADJPPIPEARN Yes No Mutually exclusive with ADJPPIPONEARN Text 9 Yes No Currency 1 00 Yes No Currency 9 999 99
277. umber of slips per return More MENU REPORTS gt MORE O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 90 AvanTax eForms 2013 8 13 Selecting this option opens the Configure Database 4 dialogue where you can configure the current database to include exclude specific forms Filing Amended Cancelled or Additional Information You may occasionally need to file a return containing Amended Cancelled or Additional data please follow the steps below to ensure correct processing of the return Note Please backup your original data as changes made to prepare returns containing amended cancelled or additional information are permanent and cannot be undone Amended Data Do the following if data already submitted to CRA or RQ needs to be updated e Change the status of the slip to Amended If you are importing data into eForms ensure that the REPORTCODE or SLIPSTATUS field contains A for CRA and Revenu Qu bec returns e Make the necessary changes to the original data e Process the return select Amended as the status of slips to include only amended slips in the submission Cancelled Data Do the following if data already submitted to CRA or RQ needs to be deleted e Change the status of the slip to Cancelled If you are importing data into eForms ensure that the REPORTCODE or SLIPSTATUS field contains C for CRA and RL 1 returns or D for Revenu Qu bec returns other than the RL 1 e Make no changes to t
278. urable eamings based on PPIP premiums Refer to the section Company Selection 75 for details on selecting companies to be included in this process Use the Global Changes Adjustment Options tool to change the adjustment options for companies in the current database Click Apply to apply settings in sections with the Change these settings box checked to the selected companies Changes made here will not apply new adjustments to existing slips and are not retroactive to any adjustments already made To adjust slips using the new adjustment options you must run the Adjustment Report 821 See the following sections of this guide for detailed descriptions of how each adjustment type is calculated CPP QPP Adjustment Options 51 El Adjustment Options 5 PPIP Adjustment Options 5 Transfer of Over Remittance 5 Other Options 58 Changes made using this tool can not be undone 10 4 2 Contact Information MENU TOOLS gt GLOBAL CHANGES gt CONTACT INFORMATION 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Tools to Manipulate Data 107 WE Start Page 42 Global Contact Info Companies Y Sample Company Sample Company 1 selected Display and process in selection sequence Summaries to be Changed New Contact Information l Select All T4 Change First name Saas T4A Last Clear All 15 Change name da Change Area code Change Phone number Change E ension
279. urrent user The User Settings option should only be used under the supervision of ELM Technical Support 11 9 Language MENU SETUP gt LANGUAGE gt ENGLISH FRENCH The Language option allows you to switch the eForms user interface between English and French 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Part XII Appendices Appendices 133 12 12 1 Appendices Common Problems eForms or The user named is not currently using the program 133 2 The system is not calculating CPP properly How do enter the number of pensionable weeks 133 3 El insurable earnings is not printing even when have entered a value in Box 24 3A 4 I have installed an update but the new features do not appear to be available or functioning 134 5 I get the message Cannot execute external program regedit exe when installing the program 134 6 My computer hangs when start up eForms or My computer hangs when start up the program and enter the user name 13 7 I get the message The OLE system files are in use and cannot be updated This installation must restart Windows to update OLE before it can continue Press Yes to restart Windows and continue the installation or press No to exit the installation when installing the program 13 8 Network Administrator Installation and or NETNODE installation don t appear to be working properly 13 9 eForms says that th
280. usting CPP QPP El amp PPIP 71 Adjusting CPP QPP El amp PPIP Applying Adjustments to T4 and RL 1 Slips MENU REPORTS gt T4 or RL 1 gt ADJUSTMENT REPORT There are two methods of adjusting T4 and RL 1 slips All adjustments are made based on the Adjustment Options 55 settings for the current company e Adjust only the currently displayed T4 or RL 1 by using the Adjust button on the slip s data entry form Because only the current slip is being adjusted adjustments made using this method will not be included in the corresponding T4 or RL 1 summary or on any submission to CRA or RQ e Adjust all slips for the company by using the Adjust Unadjust T4 Slips from the Company menu You can exempt individual slips that should not be adjusted by checking the Do not adjust CPP QPP and or El boxes Adjustments made using this method will be included in the corresponding T4 or RL 1 summary and on any submission to CRA or RQ The adjustment report can be produced by selecting Adjust Unadjust T4 Slips from the Company menu and clicking Adjust Slips Report or you can select Adjustments from the T4 submenu of the Reports menu In either case an Adjustment Report window will open See Printing Adjustment Reports s for further details Refer to the following topics for detailed information on how each adjustment option affects entered data e CPP QPP Adjustment Options ss e El Adjustment Options sA e PPIP QPIP Adjustment Optio
281. ut Table y Bci Dota Pensionable weeks e Clear 10 Province employ Orientation l Landscape 2 12 S 1 N a Select Used Y 14 Income Paper Size Legal Close Fields E 16 CPP i pe 17 QPP Margins l Normal 18 El e ou 0 20 RPP contributions Top 1 Left 1 Bottom 1 Fight 1 F 22 Income tax Print addresses Yes Y 24 El eamings A V 26 CPP eamings Print inactive slips Yes Z Fiter lt None gt Refer to the section Company Selection 75 for details on selecting companies to include in this report Refer to the section Printing Options 77 for details on Quick Print Preview amp Print and other options Fields Select one of the two options listed below All include all the fields available on the slip report may print with a very small font to fit all data Selected print only those fields which you select Clear clears the current field selection Select Used Fields selects only the fields that contain data If you chose Selected click on the box beside each field you wish to include in the report Print Addresses Select whether or not to include recipient addresses in the report Print Inactive Slips Select whether or not to include inactive slips in the report eForms considers any slip having a 0 00 value as inactive Filter Select whether or not to filter the edit list to print only those slips that meet the filter conditions a a Modify Filter for Edit List tabas Find sli
282. utput file and begin the export If you specify a filename that already exists it will be overwritten Data in the eForms database will not be altered The export file can then be opened in your preferred spreadsheet program for further manipulation Import User Information from Last Year s eForms MENU TOOLS gt IMPORT USER INFORMATION FROM LAST YEAR S eFORMS eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Available only to the System Administrator The Import User Information from Last Year s eForms function allows the system administrator to import 2012 eForms user settings into the 2013 eForms 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 116 AvanTax eForms 2013 ud Start Page Vu Import User Settings vx This dialog will help you import user settings from last year s program If you did not use last year s program or ifthe files are not accessible from this computer click Cancel to exit The user information to be imported includes for each of last year s users New company defaults Import User Adjustment options Settings Data Entry settings Electronic filing information Report settings Other program settings You can import user settings at any time by selecting Tools gt Import User Information Next gt Cancel The first screen describes the user settings data that will be imported from 2012 eForms WE Start Page 42 Import User Settings YX M Next you must select the user database
283. valid data for that field double click or press the F2 key to display the list of valid entries ACE Indicates that a training video is available for the indicated feature E A small triangle in the lower left of a calculated data field indicates that you can Override the Calculated Field 27 when you press F4 the field will change colour indicating that you can edit the calculated value Indicates that further information is available for a data entry field Indicates that the Adjustment Report s has adjusted the original data Indicates that the full text of a truncated label is visible on mouse over Indicates that you can browse your computer for the required information LL Indicates that the designated folder can be opened for viewing 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 3 9 Getting Started 41 Indicates that T5 slips are linked to their associated RL 3 slips an Indicates that T5 slips are not linked to their associated RL 3 slips X Used to clear data from a specific field Indicates that the indicated field is linked to or takes its data from a field on another form Split Screen Options Multiple forms can be displayed at the same time by using the split screen option Open the forms you wish to view open as many as you wish note that each form is identified by an identifying tab File Edit View Company Forms Tools Setup Reports Electronic Filing Windows Help
284. vanTax ca eForms Website www AvanTax ca eForms Coordonn es du soutien technique en francais ELM Computer Systems offre un soutien technique en frangais depuis ses bureaux de Montr al du lundi au vendredi de 9 h a 17 h heure de l Est et par courriel du lundi au vendredi de 9h a 17 h Ligne de soutien technique en fran ais 514 499 9669 T l copieur 514 499 9669 Courriel SoutienTechnique AvanTax ca Site Web www AvanTax ca eForms index FR html License Agreement AvanTax eForms program is owned by ELM Computer Systems Inc ELM Computer Systems grants you the registered user a nonexclusive non transferable license to use the program You are expressly prohibited from distributing the program with its authorization code to any third party regardless of whether such distribution is for profit All rights title and interest in and to the program and all documentation code and logic which describes and or comprises the program are vested in ELM Computer Systems Your right to use the program is conditional upon and limited by the terms and conditions of this license You may not a modify adapt translate reverse engineer decompile disassemble or create derivative works based on the program or b loan rent lease or sublicense the program or any copy without the prior written consent of ELM Computer Systems Any violation of these provisions will constitute an automatic revocation of your license to use the program and will sub
285. vanced MENU COMPANY gt COMPANY SETUP gt Tab 3 These settings determine how net pay is displayed on T4 slips Uncheck the Don t display net pay option to display net pay the default option is for Net Pay to not be displayed Net pay is calculated as one of the following e Employment Income Standard Deductions e Employment Income Standard Deductions Taxable Benefits US Start Page JU Company oe Company Setup Demo Less General 2 AdiustmentOptions f 3 Advanced Net Pay Y Dont display net pay These settings determine how net pay is displayed on T4 slips Calculate net pay as employment income less Standard deductions Standard deductions taxable benefits Standard deductions are CPP QPP El PPIP income tax pension plan contributions charitable donations and union dues m Link between T5 and RL 3 slips These settings determine if T5 slips are linked to their iated RL 3 slips T5 RL 3 Linking Status UD LINKED PE es Change Y Link T5 slips with associated RL 3slips for this company These settings can only be changed if all other tabs in PE AvanTax eForms are closed Change Synchronize dollar amounts between T5 and RL 3 slips for this company m 0 Standard deductions include CPP QPP El PPIP QPIP federal and provincial income tax pension plan contributions charitable donations and union dues Taxable benefits are calculated as the total of a
286. veatsesaesi gt 82 Adjustment Report O aaaea aaan ESES 82 6 E Filing History Report 83 7 Validating Data Before Filing ssnneeeenensenseenenes 84 8 E Mail ReciplentSII_PS a ree in raised 86 D COMPANY SUMMANY viii A aii 88 10 Company Filing Sid S iaa 89 11 Company Statistics rer en ere ee ner eat aaaea cues een aAA aaar aH ani aaraa eah ent 89 12 OO sr de nn Wace beat sets sed n ne tient on de a aaen a EEEa 89 13 Filing Amended Cancelled or Additional Information 90 Part IX Electronic Filing 92 1 Electronic Filing Preparation sssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnes 92 2 Instructions for CRA Returns ociosa cin code sac cecc seas cecsecgecteesscas tees neuttehinegetas res 100 3 Instructions for MRQ Returns nnenennnnnnennnnnnnnnenennss 101 Using Sequence Relev Numbers in Electronic Returns ne 101 4 Filing or CD or DVD ere a ener Renan anis 102 Part X Using Tools to Manipulate Data 104 T Convert Databases sunna a a a ner s 104 2 Merge Comparnies sccssecccesecesseecesseeeseneseseeeeenseeessaesensneeeneneessaeesaaeeeensaesaseaeeeanaeeneassasaeensseaeeeas 104 3 Transfer COMPANIES iii 104 4 Global CHANJES a aea dem ne ee tr tend der ren ne dns ren aeaaea eck 105 Adj simentOPHONS aa ai eme ondes idad Sun sn da de laos 105 Contact LL LOL ELLES LES LE ER eccevevetvasvesacevennsedsessenossvebecvsstvevestzesee 106 Slip Information A dd dd 107 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Conte
287. ving Updates 23 Recipient Data Enter 64 Recipient Common Data Fields 65 Recipient Unique Data Fields 66 Registration 27 Removing Slips 109 Repair Database 49 Repair User Database 50 Reports Menu 34 Reports Adjustment 82 Reports Company List 88 Reports Company Selection 75 Reports Data Validation 84 Reports Edit List 79 Reports Slips 77 Reports Summary 81 Requesting New Features 12 Requirements 12 Restore Database 47 Reversing RL 1 Slip Adjustments 71 Reversing T4 Slip Adjustments 71 Review Summary Data 60 RL Slip Serial Numbers 74 RL 1 Slips Adjust Unadjust 60 RL 1 Adjusting 71 RL 1 Adjusting Reverse 71 RL 1 Adjustment Options 56 RL 1 Import File Header 157 RL 1 Reversing Adjustments 71 RL 11 Import File Header 191 RL 15 Import File Header 193 RL 16 Import File Header 197 RL 17 Import File Header 199 RL 18 Import File Header 201 RL 2 Import File Header 186 RL 22 Import File Header 203 RL 24 Import File Header 205 RL 25 Import File Header 207 RL 27 Import File Header 209 RL 3 Import File Header 172 188 RL 8 Import File Header 189 Roll Forward Last Year s Data 45 RRSP Import File Header 147 8 Security Data File 126 Select Company 39 Selecting a Company 53 Selecting a Slip 64 Selecting Companies for Reports 75 Serial Numbers Electronic Filing Quebec 101 Serial Numbers RL Slips 74 Setting Adjustment Options 56 Settings User 120 Setup 92 Setup Menu 36 Ski
288. vx Y DEMO DEMO T4 TARSP Filing Status Rows Dates Orientation Porrait Y Y PETER PETER E NR4 T5 z E RRSP T1204 a Size Letter y E 73 72200 i F T4A T2202A E Entered Margins Normal E T4ANR E T5007 C Checked Pit E T4aP 75008 jee E T4ARCA E T5013 Refresh E T4PS T5018 gt TARIF TFSA Global Set Display and process in selection sequence 2 selected le gt Company Summary a Company Category name The Filing Status report displays the Filing Status selection window which is used to filter data by filing status Only selected data will be acted upon by the tool Any combination of return types or companies can be selected Filing status options are e Not Required No return is required NES A return is required e Entered A return has been entered into eForms Checked Data entered has been checked e Filed The return has been filed with the CRA and or the Revenu Qu bec Once you have made the desired selections you can click on the Refresh button to display the filing status for the selected employers in the lower half of the screen and the Print button will become active allowing you to print the report Company Statistics MENU REPORTS gt COMPANY STATISTICS The Company Statistics report shows in tabular form the total number of companies entered the number of returns for each company the total number of slips entered for each return and the average n
289. ween copies Prompt for output folder as French instructions on copy 2 3 Include country in Canadian addresses Suppress calculation of totals Note The T4 summary will report the unadjusted values for each slip unless all slips have been adjusted A warning will be given if some slips are adjusted while others are not Refer to the section Company Selection 757 for details on selecting companies to include in this report Refer to the section PDF File Options for details on how to set the PDF output options for this report Refer to the section Printing Options 771 for details on Quick Print Preview amp Print and other options Slips Included in Totals Select one of the options from the drop down list All Slips print all the slips for the selected companies Original Slips Only print only the slips that have not been amended for the selected companies Amended Slips Only print only the amended slips for the selected companies Cancelled Slips Only print only the cancelled slips for the selected companies Subset tag print only slips with the entered subset tag Enterprise Only Options Group output by Choose to group the slips by copy number or by company O 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 82 AvanTax eForms 2013 8 5 3 8 5 4 8 5 5 Print this date Check this box and enter the date to be printed on the summary Print nil summaries also Check this option to print inactive nil forms Thes
290. y Text 35 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only Text 10 eForms Enterprise only 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc 148 AvanTax eForms 2013 12 4 4 11204 Headings eForms Standard amp Enterprise Only Cell A1 import from Excel or the first data element import from CSV must contain T1204 Heading NAME1 NAME2 ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY POSTAL PROV COUNTRY YEAR RECTYPE SERVICEPAYMENTS MIXEDPAYMENTS SIN BN PARTNERSHIPID LASTNAME FIRSTNAME INITIAL SLIPSTATUS TEXTATTOP EMAILADDRESS OKTOEMAILSLIP COMPANY NAME1 COMPANY COMPANYTAG SLIPTAG Description Recipient name line 1 Recipient name line 2 Address line 1 Address line 2 City Postal code including space Province code Country in address Year Recipient type 23 Service payments 82 Mixed services payments 84 Social insurance number 12 Business number 61 Partnership s filer ID 86 Sole proprietor s last name Sole proprietor s first name Sole proprietor s initial Status of slip Optional text to print at top of slip Recipient email address Permission granted to email slip Company associated with slip Tag associated with company name Subset tag Type Size Text 30 Text 12 Text 30 Text 30 Text 28 Text 10 Text 2 Text 3 Numeric 4 Text 1 Currency Currency Text 9 Text 15 Text 9 Text 20 Text 12 Text 1 Text 1 Text 15 Text 255 Yes No Text 35 Text
291. y existing in the eForms database for each slip to be imported to that company and the data will be saved to the appropriate company during import COMPANY NAME is a text field that can contain up to 30 characters COMPANY COMPANYTAG eForms Enterprise Only The COMPANY COMPANYTAG is used to exclusively by eForms Enterprise to enable importing data for multiple payers employer companies with the same name To use this field simply enter the tag you wish to use to distinguish one company from another with the same name The COMPANY COMPANYTAG heading MUST be used in conjunction with the COMPANY NAME1 heading otherwise it will not import COMPANY COMPANYTAG is a text field that can contain up to 30 characters 5 Save and close the CSV file NOTE All instances of the import file must be closed before continuing to the next step 6 Start eForms From the Tools menu choose Import and then Import from CSV File UE Start Page 42 Import From CSV File x File to Import Select a CSV file Browse Type of data records in this sheet Company Options Other Options Import into current company Before importing delete all existing slips in the Import into a new company current company Import into companies in the Company Name1 column Skip data validation Add Update Options If you need to delete the slips you have imported click Add new slips to the database here to access the Remove Slips tool Update existing slips based on l
292. y tag The company tag is used to internally distinguish between companies with the same name In the program this tag will be displayed in lt angle brackets gt The tag will never be printed included in the XML or any official printouts or documents to be submitted to CRA RQ or the recipients Web Access Code Enter the web access code for the company This is for records keeping only and is not used by eForms when submitting returns over the Internet PDF Output Folder Set the desired location of PDF copies of printed slips and summaries for this company use the folder structure that works best for your environment Click the Browse button to set a custom location or click the Default button to use eForms default location Account Information User the fields in this section to hold the Account Numbers and Business Numbers for various return types Quebec Enter the Quebec Enterprise Number NEQ and the Identification and File number for the company if they will be submitting any Quebec forms Adjustment Options MENU COMPANY gt COMPANY SETUP gt Tab 2 eForms allows you to customize adjustment of CPP QPP El and PPIP QPIP discrepancies for individual companies When you add a new company eForms inserts the default values from the T4 Adjustment Defaults 11207 page in the Setup menu See Contribution Rates and Constants 1261 for the 2013 deduction rates Adjustment options for the current company can be modified as necessary
293. you are filing 50 slips or less you can use your own software to burn the indicated file onto a CD or DVD Label the CD or DVD with your name and telephone number so that the CRA can contact you if you need to re file your submission Provide complete external labeling showing the transmitter s name and telephone number the Transmitter Number and your submission file name 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Part X Using Tools to Manipulate Data AN TIMESAVER 104 AvanTax eForms 2013 10 10 1 10 2 10 3 Using Tools to Manipulate Data Convert Databases MENU TOOLS gt CONVERT LAST YEAR S DATABASES Refer to the Converting a Database 457 section for information on this topic Merge Companies MENU TOOLS gt MERGE COMPANIES d Start Page JUS Merge Companies Y x Company 1 Database Company Database Note Company and summary information address contacts etc will be retrieved from Company 1 Merge Companies merges two companies into a third company Each company can be stored in any existing database accessible to eForms the company containing the merged data must not already exist in the database where it will be stored Company 1 Company 2 Click the Database button to select the database containing the company to be merged then select the company from the Company drop down box below New Company Click the Database button to select a database where merg
294. you must contact the RQ hot Test This button allows you to test the connection for submitting XML directly to RQ Quebec Transmitter Type Enter the type of transmitter you are in this field the acceptable options are 1 You will be transmitting an electronic file to the RQ on behalf of yourself 2 You will be transmitting an electronic file to the RQ on behalf of other filers this is the default value 3 You will be transmitting an electronic file to the RQ on behalf of yourself and on behalf of other filers Identification File Enter the identification number given to you by the RQ NEQ Enter the NEQ number issued to you by the RQ Source of Slips Enter the appropriate code identifying the source of the slip data included in the submission to the RQ Valid codes are A RL slips were obtained from Revenu Qu bec B RL slips are facsimiles obtained from a third party this is the default value C RL slips are facsimiles produced by the transmitter D RL slips are any combination of types A B or C 11 1 5 Options MENU SETUP gt USER SETTINGS gt Tab 5 This feature allows you to personalize your display 2014 ELM Computer Systems Inc Using Setup to Configure eForms 125 11 2 5 Start Page Ce User Settings vx User Settings cn ce M New Company D fauts 2 AdusmentOptons d0saEty 4Eeamncrins 5 Options r Toolb

User Manual in PDF format

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents